TW200306548A - Optical pick-up apparatus, optical disc apparatus, optical apparatus and compound optical device - Google Patents

Optical pick-up apparatus, optical disc apparatus, optical apparatus and compound optical device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200306548A
TW200306548A TW91133817A TW91133817A TW200306548A TW 200306548 A TW200306548 A TW 200306548A TW 91133817 A TW91133817 A TW 91133817A TW 91133817 A TW91133817 A TW 91133817A TW 200306548 A TW200306548 A TW 200306548A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
light
optical
mentioned
optical path
emitted
Prior art date
Application number
TW91133817A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI227884B (en
Inventor
Norio Fukasawa
Junichi Suzuki
Kiyoshi Toyota
Tetsu Tanaka
Takeshi Kubo
Saito Masahiro
Ishii Satoru
Original Assignee
Sony Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sony Corp filed Critical Sony Corp
Publication of TW200306548A publication Critical patent/TW200306548A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI227884B publication Critical patent/TWI227884B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Optical Head (AREA)
  • Holo Graphy (AREA)
  • Optical Recording Or Reproduction (AREA)
  • Diffracting Gratings Or Hologram Optical Elements (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention is related to optical pick-up apparatus for regenerating the optical disc record and is provided with the followings: the first diffracting optical grating (45) for dividing light emitted from the integrated emitting/receiving device (31) into the zero order light and ± first order light; the second diffracting optical grating (46), which diffracts the optical path of the light reflected from the optical disc (2); and the third diffracting optical grating (47), which is disposed at the position where the + first order light diffracted through the second diffracting optical grating is incident so as to diffract the + first order light and compensate the optical path variation. The integrated emitting/receiving device is disposed at the position where the - first order light diffracted through the third diffracting optical grating (47) is incident. By receiving the - first order light, a focus error signal FE is obtained. In addition, by receiving the light, which is reflected from the optical disc, of the ± first order light divided by the first diffracting optical grating, the traced error signal is obtained.

Description

200306548 玫、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】200306548 Rose, Description of invention: [Technical field to which the invention belongs]

本發明係右關I 資訊記錄再“光碑碟 '相變化型光碟等進行光學性 用之光學拾取裝=二^資訊並進行所記錄之資訊再生 一 及具備该光學拾取裝置之光碟裝置,進 一^而吕,係有關此等裝置上使 来聲奘罟人 從用急尤予衣置及一體形成 尤子衣置之禝合光學元件。 又 本申請書係以於曰本⑼㈦年丨2 請編號2001_358244為其_ 申明之曰本專利申 為基礎而主張優先權者,參照此等申請 文件而引用於本申請書内。 【先前技術】 先别有-種對於光磁碟、相變化型之光碟等進行 資訊記錄再生之光碟圮錄眘 干^ 的光學拾取裝置,、亚進行所記錄之資訊再生用 此種光學拾取裝置具備圖!所示之光學系統2〇ι。圖!所示 之先學糸統2〇1依光程順序具傷:光源211,其係射出昭射 於光碟204之雷射光;複合光學元件212,其係具有:將自 該光源211射出之射出光分割成3 1刀之二射束用繞射光栅 2 12a及分離射出光及自光碟2〇4射 河丁口之先的分束器用繞射 光柵2 12b ;開口光圈2 1 4,JL #用於收, /、係用於將射出光聚焦成特定之 數值孔興,·對物透鏡215,其係將射出光聚光於光碟2〇4 上;及受光部2!6,其係接受自光碟2〇4射回之光。 錢211使用半導體雷射射出雷射光。複合光學元件212 係-體形成三射束用繞射光栅仙與分束器用繞射光柵 200306548 2:12射:t:元件。三射束用繞射光柵仙為求藉由所謂之 =法後得追縱錯誤信號,係將自光源2"射 212W吏自光:2=人光之三個射束。分束器用繞射光栅 自先碟2G4射回之光繞射而分割成〇次光及 如=光作為導向受光㈣之射回光而與射出光分離。 所^/叫具有.接受射回光中被三射束用繞射光柵2i2a :#之〇次光之主射束用光檢測器;及分別接受射回光中 被二射束用繞射光柵212 人先之一組侧方射束 用先杬測器,不過圖上並未顯示。 光子系統Μ1使用所謂像散法作為檢測聚焦錯誤信號的 =。因:如圖2A、_,C所示,主射束用光: 、、之接又射回光之受光面形成概略方形,並形成具有 被通過受光面中本而# + 士 > 、彼此直父之一組分割線分割成4等分 之口 X光區Ma5 ’ b5 ’ e5 ’ d5的分割圖案。此外,側方射束 用光檢測器分別配置於將主射束用光檢測器221夹於其間 而相對的位置,不過圖上並未顯示。 如圖1所示,光學系統201於自光源211至光碟2〇4之去程 中,將光源2U之發光點作為物點,以其共輛點之像點設於 光碟綱之記錄面撕上之方式分別配置各光學零件。光學 系統2〇1於自光碟204至受光部216之回程中,將光碟⑽之 記錄面205上之點作為物點,以其共軛點之像點設於受光部 216之主射束用光檢測器221之受光面上之方式分別配置各 光學零件。 因此,光學系統2〇1之光源2U之發光點與受光部216之主 200306548 射束用光檢測器2 2 i之受光面上之點亦形成彼此共軛的關 係。 以下說明藉由上述之主射束用光檢測器221之各受光區 域h,&獲得聚焦錯誤信號之方法。 首先,對物透鏡21 5對光碟204之記錄面2〇5形成最佳位置 ,並對光碟204之記錄面205形成合焦之所謂正確聚焦狀離 時,主射束用光檢測器221之受光面上之射束點形狀如圖2β 所示形成圓形。 但是,對物透鏡21 5過於接近光碟204之記錄面2〇5時即偏 離正確聚焦狀態,因被分束器用繞射光柵212b所分離之射 回光通過複合光學元件212而產生之像散,導致主射束用光 檢測器22 1於受光面上之射束點形狀如圖2八所示地形成長 軸跨越受光區域as及受光區域C5的橢圓形。 再者,對物透鏡21 5距光碟204之記錄面205過遠時亦偏離 正確聚焦狀態,因被分束器用繞射光柵212b所分離之射回 光通過複合光學元件212而產生之像散,導致主射束用光檢 測器221於受光面上之射束點形狀如圖2C所示地形成長軸 跨越受光區域及受光區域ds的橢圓形,並與上述圖2八所 示之射束』的开》狀比較,形成長軸方向僅傾斜9 〇度的橢圓 形。 主射束用光檢測器221於各受光區域^h,心之射 回光的輸出分別為Sa〗,Sb5,Sc〗,St時,聚焦錯誤信號叩 如以下公式1所示的方式計算。 FE = (Sa5 + Sc5Hsb5 + Sd5) 200306548 亦即如圖2B所不,主射束用光檢測器22 i於對物透鏡川 :於合焦位置之所謂正確聚焦狀態時,藉由上述公式1所運 算之聚焦錯誤信號FE為〇。 此外,主射束用光檢測器221於對物透鏡215過於接近光 碟2〇4之記錄面205時,聚焦錯誤信號FE為正,而對物透鏡 2155E^^ 204^f£^S2〇5i§it^ ? ^ 〇 一追蹤錯祆信號TE係藉由側方射束用光檢測器分別接受被 三射束用繞射光栅212a所分割之,i次光,運算各侧方射束 用光檢測裔之各輸出的差分而獲得。 心具備如上構成之光學系統201的光學拾取裝置依據藉由 又光二216之主射束用光m 221所獲得之聚焦錯誤信號 FE及猎由側方射束用光檢測器所獲得之追蹤錯誤信號TE ’猎由使對物透鏡215驅動變位,對物透鏡215對光碟2〇4 之5己錄面2〇5向合焦位置移動,射出光合焦於光碟204之記 錄面205上,而自光碟2〇4再生資訊。 、=者’―般而言’光源211等半導體雷射具有雷射光之振 盟波長與周圍溫度有關的性質。周圍溫度為丁時,半導體雷 身:之雷射光的振堡波長於溫度T時之振堡波細,常溫 波長為λ〇,自常溫起變化之溫度為訂,溫度係數 為C打,可以如下之公式2近似表示。 • (2) λτ = λ0 + 〇 · ΔΤ 此外’雷射光入射於上述之分 术杰用繞射光柵2 1 2b等繞 射光栅而繞射時,入射角為θ,繞 &射角為Θ,則入射角㊀與 200306548 繞射角Θ,之關係可以如下之公式3表示。 η,· sin0’-n · sin0 = m · λ/d · · · · (3) 另外,λ係雷射光之波長,d係繞射光柵之光柵常數,瓜係 繞射次數,η係入射侧媒質之折射率,n,係射出側媒質之折 射率。 上述之光學系統201中,以複合光學元件212之分束器用 繞射光柵212b繞射之射回光,由於主射束係n=1,㊀4,因 此繞射次數為+1次時,可將公式3改寫成如下的公式4。 η’ · sin0’ = X/d · · · · (4) 自上述公式2至公式4,於該光學系統2〇1設置之周圍溫度 變化的情況下,溫度τ之繞射角為θ,τ,可將公式2代入公= 4而獲得如下的公式5。 工 • · · · (5) η,· sin0’T = 〇O + c · △丁)/d 使用繞射角θ,〇可自公式5 再者,常溫下之繞射角為θ,〇, 獲得如下的公式6。 η' - sin0'T=n- · sine'〇 + c . Δτ/ά · · · . (6) 自公式6,溫度Τ時之繞射角θ,τ可以如下之公式7表干。 e’Tse’O + sirr^Cc · ΔΤ)/((1 · η,))····(?) 自公式7可知,射回光之溫度,時之繞射角θ, 亦即與光學系統201之周圍溫度變化有關。/、有關, -10- 200306548 其次,光學拾取裝置中,由於製造步驟係在常溫下進行 ,因此受光部2 1 6之位置係調整成使射回光之繞射角為θ,〇 。但是,調整受光部2 1 6之位置後,周圍溫度變化時,射回 光之繞射角則如公式7所示地變化,如圖3所示,照射於受 光部216之主射束用光檢測器221受光面上之射束點的中心 自特定位置偏移。 上述光學拾取裝置具備之光學系統201藉由上述之受光 部216獲得聚焦錯誤信號邱時,照射於主射束用光檢測器 221之受光面上之射束點的中心自主射束用光檢測器221之 中央至少向任何方向偏移,以致正確狀態時之輪出並非〇 ’因而聚焦錯誤信號FE存在偏差。 如上所述,由於光學拾取裝置係以使聚焦錯誤信號^^為〇 之方式進行聚焦控制,因此存在無法驅動控制對物透鏡215 至正確之合焦位置的問題。 如上所述,具有使光透過 ^ 70予匕现之光于Τ5、取裒置 光予區塊產生之像散,導致無法將射回光適切地 :的位置’照射於受光部叫之主射束用光檢測器221之, "面上之射束點之形狀自適切之概略圓形偏移。The present invention is a right optical recording device for information recording and "optical disc" phase change optical discs and other optical pickup devices for optical use = two ^ information and reproduction of the recorded information one and an optical disc device equipped with the optical pickup device, further one ^ And Lu is related to the use of emergency optical devices and integrated optical elements to form integrated electronic devices on these devices. This application is based on the following year 2 The number 2001_358244 is its _ declaration. Those claiming priority on the basis of this patent application are cited in this application with reference to these application documents. [Prior Art] Do n’t have a kind of optical disk, phase change type Optical pickup devices such as optical discs for recording and reproducing information are carefully recorded, and such optical pickup devices for recording and reproducing information are provided with a diagram! The optical system shown is shown in the figure! The school system 2001 is damaged in the order of the optical path: the light source 211, which emits laser light projected on the optical disc 204, and the composite optical element 212, which has: divides the light emitted from the light source 211 into 3 1 Beam of the knife Diffraction grating 2 12a and diffraction grating 2 12b used for beam splitter before separating light emitted from the optical disc 2104; opening aperture 2 1 4, JL # is used to receive, /, is used to output The light is focused to a specific value. Kong Xing, the objective lens 215, which focuses the emitted light on the optical disc 204; and the light receiving unit 2,6, which receives the light returned from the optical disc 204. Money 211 uses semiconductor laser to emit laser light. Composite optical element 212 system-body three-beam diffraction grating and beam splitter diffraction grating 200306548 2:12: t: element. Three-beam diffraction grating fairy In order to obtain the following error signal by the so-called = method, the self-light source 2 " emits 212W self-light: 2 = three beams of human light. The beam splitter uses a diffraction grating to project it back to the disc 2G4. The light is diffracted and divided into 0-order light and the light is separated from the emitted light as the reflected light guided by the receiving light. Therefore, it is called. There is a three-beam diffraction grating 2i2a: # 之〇 Detectors for the primary beam of the secondary light; and the first and second detectors for the side beams of the first and second groups of diffraction gratings 212 that receive two beams in the returned light, respectively. It is not shown in the picture. The optical subsystem M1 uses the so-called astigmatism method to detect the focus error signal =. Because: as shown in Figure 2A, _, C, the main beam uses light:,, and then return to the light The light-receiving surface is formed into a roughly square shape, and a division pattern is formed which has been divided into four equal parts by a set of dividing lines that pass through the light-receiving surface and + +, and is a straight parent of each other. In addition, the side-beam photodetectors are respectively disposed at opposite positions sandwiching the main-beam photodetector 221 therebetween, but they are not shown in the figure. As shown in FIG. 1, the optical system 201 is located at the self-light source. During the journey from 211 to the optical disc 204, the optical point of the light source 2U is used as the object point, and the optical points of the total vehicle points are set on the recording surface of the optical disc platform and the optical parts are respectively arranged. The optical system 201 uses the point on the recording surface 205 of the disc ⑽ as the object point during the return journey from the optical disc 204 to the light receiving unit 216, and sets the image point of the conjugate point on the main beam for the light receiving unit 216. Each optical component is arranged on the light-receiving surface of the detector 221. Therefore, the light emitting point of the light source 2U of the optical system 2101 and the point of the light receiving surface of the photodetector 2 2 i of the main 200306548 beam detector 216 also form a conjugate relationship with each other. A method of obtaining a focus error signal from each light receiving area h, of the main beam photodetector 221 described above will be described below. First, when the objective lens 21 and the recording surface 205 of the optical disc 204 form an optimal position, and the recording surface 205 of the optical disc 204 is in focus, the so-called correct focus is formed, the light received by the main beam photodetector 221 The shape of the beam spot on the surface is circular as shown in Figure 2β. However, when the objective lens 21 5 is too close to the recording surface 205 of the optical disc 204, it deviates from the correct focus state, and the astigmatism generated by the reflected light separated by the beam splitter diffraction grating 212b passes through the composite optical element 212, As a result, the shape of the beam spot of the main beam photodetector 22 1 on the light-receiving surface is an ellipse whose topographical axis spans the light-receiving area as and the light-receiving area C5 as shown in FIG. 2. Furthermore, when the objective lens 21 is too far away from the recording surface 205 of the optical disc 204, it also deviates from the correct focus state. The astigmatism generated by the reflected light separated by the diffraction grating 212b of the beam splitter passes through the composite optical element 212. As a result, the shape of the beam spot of the main beam photodetector 221 on the light-receiving surface is as shown in FIG. 2C. The shape of the topographic axis is an ellipse that spans the light-receiving area and the light-receiving area ds. Open shape comparison, forming an ellipse inclined only 90 degrees in the long axis direction. The main beam photodetector 221 is in each light-receiving area ^ h, and the output of the light returned by the heart is Sa, Sb5, Sc, and at St, the focus error signal 计算 is calculated as shown in the following formula 1. FE = (Sa5 + Sc5Hsb5 + Sd5) 200306548 That is, as shown in Figure 2B, the main beam is used by the photodetector 22 i on the objective lens: in the so-called correct focus state at the in-focus position, by the above formula 1 The calculated focus error signal FE is zero. In addition, when the main-beam photodetector 221 is too close to the recording surface 205 of the optical disc 204, the focus error signal FE is positive, and the objective lens 2155E ^^ 204 ^ f £ ^ S205. it ^? ^ 〇 A tracking error signal TE is received by the side beam photodetector and divided by the three-beam diffraction grating 212a, i times, and each side beam is detected by light. It is obtained by the difference of each output. The optical pickup device having the optical system 201 configured as described above is based on the focus error signal FE obtained by the main beam light m 221 of Youguang 216 and the tracking error signal obtained by the side beam light detector. TE 'hunting is driven by displacing the objective lens 215, the objective lens 215 moves the recording surface 205 of the optical disc 205 to the focusing position, and the emitted light is focused on the recording surface 205 of the optical disc 204. Reproduction information of the disc 204. The semiconductor laser such as the light source 211 has a property that the wavelength of the laser light is related to the ambient temperature. When the ambient temperature is D, the semiconductor laser body: the laser light wavelength of the laser light is at the temperature T, the normal temperature is λ0, the temperature change from normal temperature is fixed, and the temperature coefficient is C, which can be as follows Equation 2 is approximated. • (2) λτ = λ0 + 〇 · ΔΤ In addition, when the laser light is diffracted by diffraction gratings such as the above-mentioned diffraction gratings 2 1 2b, the incident angle is θ, and the angle of diffraction & , The relationship between the incident angle ㊀ and the diffraction angle θ of 200306548 can be expressed by the following formula 3. η, · sin0'-n · sin0 = m · λ / d · · · · (3) In addition, λ is the wavelength of the laser light, d is the grating constant of the diffraction grating, the number of diffractions, and η is the incident side The refractive index of the medium, n, is the refractive index of the medium on the emission side. In the above-mentioned optical system 201, the returned light is diffracted by the diffraction grating 212b of the beam splitter of the composite optical element 212. Since the main beam system is n = 1 and ㊀4, when the number of diffractions is +1, the Equation 3 is rewritten as Equation 4 below. η '· sin0' = X / d · · · · (4) From the above formula 2 to formula 4, in the case where the ambient temperature of the optical system 20 is set, the diffraction angle of the temperature τ is θ, τ , Equation 2 can be substituted into common = 4 to obtain Equation 5 below. (5) η, · sin0'T = 〇O + c · △ 丁) / d using the diffraction angle θ, 〇 can be from Equation 5 Furthermore, the diffraction angle at room temperature is θ, 〇, The following formula 6 is obtained. η '-sin0'T = n- · sine'〇 + c. Δτ / ά · ·. (6) From Equation 6, the diffraction angle θ at temperature T, τ can be expressed as shown in Equation 7 below. e'Tse'O + sirr ^ Cc · ΔΤ) / ((1 · η,)) ··· (?) As can be seen from Equation 7, the temperature of the reflected light, the diffraction angle θ of time, is also related to the optical Changes in ambient temperature around system 201 are related. / 、 Related, -10- 200306548 Secondly, in the optical pickup device, since the manufacturing steps are performed at normal temperature, the position of the light receiving unit 2 1 6 is adjusted so that the diffraction angle of the returned light is θ, 0. However, after adjusting the position of the light-receiving section 2 1 6, when the ambient temperature changes, the diffraction angle of the reflected light changes as shown in Equation 7. As shown in FIG. 3, the main beam light irradiated on the light-receiving section 216 The center of the beam spot on the light receiving surface of the detector 221 is shifted from a specific position. When the optical system 201 provided in the optical pickup device obtains the focus error signal via the light receiving unit 216, the light detector for the autonomous beam is irradiated on the center of the beam spot on the light receiving surface of the main beam detector 221. The center of 221 is shifted at least in any direction, so that the turn-out in the correct state is not 0 ', so the focus error signal FE is biased. As described above, since the optical pickup device performs focus control such that the focus error signal ^^ is 0, there is a problem that the objective lens 215 cannot be driven and controlled to the correct focus position. As described above, the astigmatism generated by transmitting light through T70 to T5 and taking light and setting it to the block makes it impossible to irradiate the returned light appropriately: the position of the light-receiving part called the main shot The beam detector 221, "the shape of the beam spot on the plane is shifted from a suitable approximate circular shape.

此時亦存在光學拾取裝置無法 的問題。 、刀生成水焦錯誤信號F L發明内容】 本發明之目的在提供_種可將 位置,以提高聚焦錯誤信號可f口之先¥向適 壯取 T *性之光學拾取梦罢这, 衣置、以及用於此等裝置之光、先 衣置及稷合光學元件。 200306548 本七明之其他目的在提供一種光學裝置及複合光學元件 =係可抑制光學系統接受自光碟射回之光之像散造成射 形狀的艾形,提高聚焦錯誤信號之可靠性之 :置:光碟裝置、以及用於此等裝置之纖置及複二 予/〇彳午。 本發明之光學拾取裝置具備:光源,其係射出特定波長 t光:對物透鏡’其係將自光源射出之射出光聚光在光碟 ’亚且將自光碟射回之光予以聚光複合光學元件,复 =有:繞射S件,其係使自光源射出之射出光透過,並 射回之光繞射;及光程變動補正機構,其係配置 射:π射凡件所繞射之射回光入射的位置,補正因自光源 、之射出光之波長變動造成繞射元件產生之射回 射回光導向特定位置…光機構,其係於 射回: 受經光程變動補正機構補正光程變動後之 上構成之光¥拾取裝置藉由對物透鏡將自光源射 於光碟上,並藉由複合光學元件内之繞 繞射,與射出光之光程分離。而後,光 Α,衣猎光私變動補正機構補正因自光源射出之射 r波長變動造成繞射元件產生之射回光之光程變;射 個受光區域接受導向二 置’再藉由受光機構於數 錯誤信號。 寸疋位置之射回光而獲得適切之聚焦 么月之其他光學拾取裝置具備:光源,其係射出特定 -12- 200306548 波長之^光,分& g 束时,其係分離自光 反射之射回光之朵户、, 先源射出之光束與經光碟 壬,亚且於射回光之光避巾 :對物透鏡,苴係蔣ό & 尤您尤耘中補正像散量 並且將自光碟射回之光予以 出U先在光碟上, 於被分束器分# ,"分剎機構,其係配置 〇刀雖之射回光入射的 、 數個;及受光機構,其係於數個:接射回光分割成 構所分割之數個射回光;光分:或:受經光分割機 面所構成之稜鏡。 、冓W由數個平面或曲 如上構成之本心Μ㈣Μ 之射出光導向#碟^ '、稭由將自光源射出 與射出光不同之光程上,適切地補正射回=!離於 整入射於光分割機構之射回光的射束形狀像政置,調 本發明之光碟裝置具備:光 冷皁爲/斗、$ 取衣置,其係對光磾# 錄及/或再生資訊;及光碟旋轉驅 亲。己 茱,且先孥拾取裝置具有:光源 九 •斜私、乐& /、你射出特定波長之光 二ίΓ其係將自光源射出之射出光聚光在光碟上, 有:=Γ回之光予以聚光;複合光學元件,其係具 光 70、…其係使自先源射出之射出光透過,並使自 婊Μ - Μ 又軔補正機構,其係配置於經 、兀射兀件所繞射之射回光入射 之射Φ上 耵的位置,補正因自光源射出 7出先之波長變動造成繞射元件產生之射回光之光程變 、、而將射回光導向特定位置;及受光機構,其係於數個 2&域接党經光程變動補正機構補正光程變動後之射回 13 200306548 如^成之光碟裝置藉由光碟旋轉㈣機構旋轉驅 輕由光學拾取裝置進行資訊之記錄及/或再生。= 出… 精由對物透鏡將自光源射出之射 光碑:、/於光碟上’亚猎由複合光學元件之繞射元件使自 取裝置藉由光程變動補正機構補正因心: 出之射出光之波長變動造成繞射元件產生之射回光射 變動,將射回光導向受光機構的特 :程 ::崎光-接受導向於特定位置之射回 切之聚焦錯誤信號。 于適 本發明之其他光碟裝置具備:光學拾取襄置, =及/或再生資訊;及光碟旋轉驅動機構,其係旋轉ΐ ::碟丄:光學拾取裝置具備:光源,其係射出特定:: 射束其係分離自光源射出之射出光與經光碟ί 之射回光之光程’並且於射回光之 : 對物透鏡,其係將自光源射出之射出光聚光在 且將自光碟射回之光予以聚光;光分割機構亚 被分束器分離之射回光入射的位置,將射回光置於 ’及X光機構,其係於數個受光區域接 “固 分宝丨丨+垂、、、工先刀剎機構戶斤 4數個射回光;光分賴構錢由 構成之稜鏡。 十面或曲面所 :上構成之本發明之光碟裝置藉由將自光源 ==,藉由分束器將自光碟射回之光分 射 问之光程上,適切地補正射回光之像散量,調整I: -14- 200306548 於光分割機構之射回光的射束形狀。 用於上述光學拾取裝置之光學裝置I · 係使自光源射出之射出光透過,並使自、備.繞射元件,其 ;及光程變動補正機構’其係配置於麩:碟射回之光繞射 射回光入射的位置,補正因自光源射=射凡件所繞射之 動造成繞射元件產生之射回光之光程^射出光之波長變 向特定位置。 而將射回光導 該光學裝置將自光源射出之射 元件使自光碟射回之光繞射而與纟…碟,轎由繞射 由光程變動補正機構補正因自 王刀,並藉 動造成繞射元件產生之射回光之::動之射而出光之波長變 向具有獲得光學拾取裝置之聚焦錯誤;射回光導 域之受光機構的適切位置上。 。-用之數個受光區 本發明之其他光學裝置具備:分束器 射出之光束與經光碟反射之射回 :、係刀離自光源 ^ tb & 矛壬 亚且於射回光 王補正像散量;及光分割機構,其係 器分離之射回光入射的位置,將射 …刀束 女垂t 尤刀口〗成數個導向呈 文光區域之受光機構;光分割機構係藉由數個平面 或曲面所構成之稜鏡。 田数個干面 如上構成之光學裝置係藉由將自光源射出之射出光導向 光碟,藉由分束器將自光碟射回之光分離於與射出光不同 ^先私上’適切地補正射回光之像散量,調整入射於光分 副機構之射回光的射束形狀。 、 此外,本發明之複合光學元件具備:繞射元件,其係使 -15- 200306548 自光源射出> & , , & 射回之光繞射;及 元件所繞射之射回 出光之波長變動造 而將射回光導向特 之射出光透過,並使自光碟 光程變動補下祉 J铺正機:構,其係配置於經繞射 光入射的位w, 罝補正因自光源射出之射 成繞射元件產& $ ^ r 干屋生之射回光之光程變動, 定位置。 如上構成之本發明之複合光學 光導向光碟,ϋ由繞射元件使自光碟」原射出之射出 出光之光程分離 ::、《光繞射而與射 射出之射屮丄I糟由先耘艾動補正機構補正因自光源 程變動:長變動造成繞射元件產生之射回光之光 用光導向具有獲得光學拾取裝置之聚焦錯 又先區域之受光機構的適切位置上。 本發明之另外目的及藉由本發明所與彳曰夕Μ 2 , 參照圖式而說明之實施形能的:之利",自以下 貝々β π/ L的5兄明中即可進一步瞭。 【實施方式】 以下’參照圖式說明應用本發明之光碟裝置。 θ斤丁本發明之光碟裝置1係形成對於如cd(光碟) α DVT(/樣化數位光碟)、可記錄資訊之CD_R(可記錄)、 可重寫資訊之⑶挪(可重寫)等光碟、及光磁碟等光碟2記 錄貧訊及進行記錄之資訊的再生。 ::碟衣置1具備·自光碟2進行資訊之記錄再生之光學拾 疋車^驅動光碟2之光碟旋轉驅動機構* ;使光學拾 =衣置:向光碟^之方向移動之傳送機構$ ;及控制此等光 子取衣置3光碟旋轉驅動機構4、及傳送機構5之控制部 -16 - 200306548 光碟旋轉驅動機構4具有··搭載光碟2之光碟台7;及旋轉 =動該光碟台7之心軸馬達8。傳送機構5具有支撐光學拾取 之支禮座,可移動地支撑該支撐座之主軸及副軸丨及 使支撐座移動之穿引馬達,不過圖上並未顯示。 如圖4所示,控制部6具有··驅動控制傳送機構5,向光碟 2之徑方向控制光學拾取裝置3之位置的存取控制電路9·驅 動控制光學拾取裝置3之雙轴致動器之词服電路1〇;及控= 等存取控制電路9及飼服電路! 〇之驅動控制器i卜 =具有:解調處理光學拾取裝置3之信號之信號解調= 正解調處理信號之錯誤的錯誤訂正電路13;及將錯 、βΤ後之㈣輸出至外部電腦等電子機器用之介面“。 達ΓΛ構成之光碟裝置1藉由光碟旋轉驅動機構4之心轴馬 達8疑轉驅動搭載有光磾 、, 軸馬 取栌制… 先碟台7,亚因應控制部6之存 :::路9的控制信號’驅動控制傳送機構 #取裝置3至對應於光 動先予 碟2進行資心n 錄軌迢的位置上,對光 疋1丁貝汛之記錄再生。 :乂下,詳細說明上述之光學拾取裝置3。 光學拾取裝置3如圖5所示,且 學系統30;及_ 八·自W2再生資訊之光 變位之圖上未:先:系統30具有之後述之使對物透鏡驅動 木頌不的驅動機構。 光學拾取裝署+ 光一體型元件3 H之光學系統3〇依光程順序具有:受發 接受射出雷射光之:光元件—體形成,該受光元件 -其係分=先源與自光碟2射回之光;複合光學元件 …嶋-體型元件31射出之射出光,將 -17- 200306548 自光碟2射回之光與射出光分離;開ϋ光圈33,其係將透過 自受發光一體型元件31射出之複合光學元件32之射出光聚 光成特定之數值孔徑ΝΑ;及對物透鏡34,其係使被該開口 光圈33聚光之射出光聚光於光碟2之記錄面以上。 受發光一體型元件31具有:半導體雷射,其係射出波長 如約780 nm之雷射光;及受光元件,其係被分割成詳細内 容如後述之受光區域。 如圖5至圖7所示,複合光學元件32如藉由射出成型樹脂 材料而形成區塊狀,並具有:鄰近受發光一體型元件Η, 並且與自該受發光一體型元件31射出之射出光之光軸直交 的第一面41 ;及與該第一面41平行相對的第二面42。 第一面41上設有將自受發光一體型元件”射出之射出光 分割成包含0次光及±1次光之三個射束的第一繞射光柵c 。光學系統30為求獲得追蹤錯誤信號丁E而應用所謂3點法 (三射束法),並以藉由受發光一體型元件31接受被第一繞 射光柵45分割之±1次光,檢測±1次光之各輸出的差分,進 行追蹤伺服之方式構成。 祝抓无栅46,其係使 弟 ......〜ζ疋各射 回光中被第一繞射光柵45分割之〇次光及±1次光繞射,進一 步將此等分割成0次光及±1次光,如將該+1次光作^射回: 而與射出光之光程分離。 此外,第一面41上設有第三 二繞射光柵46分離之射回光之 進一步分割成0次光及土1次光, 繞射光栅47,其係位於被第 光転上,使該射回光繞射, 如將該-1次光導向受發光一 -18- 200306548 體型tc件31。該第三繞射光柵47配置成對第一繞射光柵45 於同一面内鄰接於一方侧。 複0光车元件3 2藉由被第二繞射光柵4 6分離之射回光通 過,於入射於第三繞射光柵47之射回光上僅賦予特定量之 像政&合光學元件3 2藉由調整自受發光一體型元件3 1射 出之射出光之光軸方向的位置,即可輕易地調整對光碟2 的散焦。 ^ 複合光學元件32如上所述係藉由射出成型樹脂材料而形 成。其他之形成方法亦可藉由蝕刻加工形成上述之第一繞 射光柵45、第二繞射光柵46及第三繞射光柵47,亦可藉由 機械加工形成。另外,形成複合光學元件32之材料並不限 定於樹脂材料,亦可使用具有玻璃材料等透光性之光學材 料,再者,亦可藉由此等光學材料之組合局部改變材料構 造。 複合光學元件32亦可設計成内部具有反射面,如此利用 反射面,藉由彎曲光程可使光學設計之自由度提高。 以下况明於複合光學元件32内,因自受發光一體型元件 31之光源射出之射出光之波長變動造成自光碟2射回之光 上產生的光程變動。 如圖7所不,複合光學元件32係以自光碟2之射回光為乙 ,以第二繞射光柵46使射回光L繞射成+丨次光而與射出光之 光程分離,以第三繞射光栅47使光程被第:繞射光拇⑽ 離之射回光L繞射成-丨次光,導向受發光一體型元件3 1之方 式構成。 200306548 此時,如圖8所示,於複合光學元件32内,射回光之波長 為λ,第二繞射光柵46之繞射角為θι,第三繞射光柵叼之繞 射角為㊀2 ’第二繞射光柵46之光柵常數為d,,篦一从6丄, 1 乐二繞射光 柵47之光柵常數為t,第二繞射光柵46之繞射次數為+1, 第三繞射光柵47之繞射次數為_丨,第二繞射光栅乜與第三 繞射光柵47間之媒質的折射率為n,亦即形成複合光學元件 3 2之樹脂材料之折射率為n時,自前述公式3導出以下的公 式8及公式9。 “ η · sinGii/d! sin02-n · sinefj/d〕 其次,自公式8及公式9, 公式10及公式11。 • · · · (8) • · · · (9) sine丨及以!^2可表示成如以下的 s i η θ 1 = λ / (d 1 · η) 8ΐηθ2 = λ · (l/dl-l/d2) 其次,自公式10及公式u 的公式12及公式13。 • · · · (10) • · · · (11) COS01&COS02可表示成如以下 • · · (12) • (13) C〇s01 = (l^2/(di . η)2)ι/2 C〇S02-(1^2 · (l/d^l/d2)2)i/2 ,其次,將第二面42為㈣,自第三面42至垂直於第一面41 + ":軸自忒x軸之偏差為y轴,以第二繞射光栅46作為 2二光繞射之自光碟2之射回光中之以第-繞射光柵45作 、人光之主射束作為光線11時,該光線11之光程可如以下 -20- 200306548 公式1 4表示。 y-tan0】· X · · · .(14) 其次’第一面41與第二面42之間隔為a,光線丨丨與第一面 4 1父又’亦即入射於第三繞射光柵47之位置可如以下公式 1 5表示 〇 • (15)There is also a problem that the optical pickup device cannot be used at this time. [Abstract of the invention] The purpose of the present invention is to provide a kind of optical picking dream that can be used to position and improve the focus error signal. , As well as light, pre-placement and coupling optics for these devices. 200306548 The other purpose of Ben Qiming is to provide an optical device and a composite optical element = an Ai shape that can suppress the astigmatism of the optical system from the astigmatism of the light returned from the optical disc, and improve the reliability of the focus error signal. Devices, as well as the fiber placement and re-use of these devices. The optical pickup device of the present invention is provided with a light source that emits light of a specific wavelength t: an objective lens 'which condenses the light emitted from the light source on the optical disc' and condenses the light emitted from the optical disc by the condensing composite optics Components, complex = diffractive S-piece, which transmits the light emitted from the light source, and diffracts the returned light; and optical path change correction mechanism, which is configured to emit: The position at which the reflected light is incident is corrected to reflect the reflected light from the diffractive element caused by the wavelength change of the light emitted from the light source and directed to a specific position ... the optical mechanism is based on the return: it is corrected by the optical path change correction mechanism After the optical path changes, the light ¥ pick-up device shoots the self-light source on the optical disc through the objective lens, and separates from the optical path of the emitted light by the diffraction in the composite optical element. Then, the light A, the light hunting light private change correction mechanism corrects the optical path change of the return light generated by the diffractive element due to the change in the wavelength of the r emitted from the light source; the light receiving area receives the guide two sets, and then the light receiving mechanism Incorrect signal. Other optical pick-up devices that have a proper focus when shooting back light at the inch position include: a light source, which emits light at a specific wavelength of -12-200306548, and when splitting & g beams, it is separated from the light reflection The light beam that returns to the light, the beam emitted by the source and the disc disc, and the light avoidance of the light that returns to the light: the objective lens, which is Jiang You &You; correct astigmatism and correct The light returned from the optical disc is output on the optical disc, and is divided by the beam splitter. The "braking mechanism" is configured with a number of blades, although the incident light is incident; and a light receiving mechanism, which is In a number of: the received returning light is divided into a plurality of divided returning lights divided by the structure; the light is divided into: or: the surface formed by the light dividing machine. , 冓 W is composed of several planes or curved lines of the original heart Μ㈣Μ's emitted light guide # disk ^, straws will be properly corrected on the optical path that is emitted from the light source and emitted light = = from the entire incident The beam shape of the returning light in the optical splitting mechanism is like a government. The optical disc device of the present invention is provided with: optical cold soap for / bucket, $ clothing removal, which is for recording and / or regenerating information on the light beam; and The disc rotates to drive the pro. Jujube, and the first pick-up device has: Light source nine • oblique private, music & /, you emit light of a specific wavelength II ΓΓ It focuses the light emitted from the light source on the disc, there are: = Γ 回 之 光Condensing; composite optical element, which has light 70, ..., which transmits the light emitted from the source, and self-correction mechanism, which is arranged in the warp and beam The position of the upper beam Φ incident on the diffracted incident light is corrected to change the optical path of the incident light produced by the diffractive element due to the wavelength change of 7 times before emitted from the light source, and direct the incident light to a specific position; and Light receiving mechanism, which is based on several 2 & domain receivers, corrects the return of the optical path change after the optical path change correction mechanism 13 200306548 The optical disk device is rotated by the optical disk rotation mechanism and driven by the optical pickup device. Recording and / or reproduction. = Out ... The light beam emitted from the light source by the objective lens: / on the optical disc 'sub-hunting by the diffractive element of the composite optical element makes the self-taking device correct the cause by the optical path change correction mechanism: The change of the wavelength of light causes the change of the return light produced by the diffractive element, which directs the return light to the light receiving mechanism: the process :: Sakimitsu-accepts a focus error signal directed to the return cut of the specific position. Other optical disc devices suitable for the present invention are provided with: optical pick-up, = and / or reproduction information; and an optical disc rotation driving mechanism, which is a rotary ΐ :: disk: an optical pickup device having: a light source, which emits specific :: The beam is separated from the light path of the light emitted from the light source and the light path of the returned light via the disc ′ and the beam of the returned light: an objective lens that focuses the light emitted from the light source and focuses it on the optical disc. The returned light is condensed; the light splitting mechanism is separated by the beam splitter from the incident position of the returned light, and the returned light is placed in the 'and X-ray mechanism, which is connected to several light-receiving areas.丨 + The vertical, horizontal, and vertical knife-brake mechanism will return 4 light to the light; the light depends on the structure of the money. The ten-sided or curved surface: The optical disc device of the present invention is composed of a light source. ==, correct the astigmatism of the reflected light with the beam splitter, and adjust the astigmatism of the returned light appropriately, adjust I: -14- 200306548 Beam shape. The optical device I used in the above-mentioned optical pickup device is a light beam emitted from a light source. Light is transmitted through, and self-preparing, diffractive elements, and optical path variation correction mechanism 'are arranged in the bran: the light diffracted by the dish is reflected back to the position where the light is incident. The diffracted motion of the element causes the optical path of the returning light generated by the diffractive element ^ the wavelength of the emitted light is changed to a specific position. The returning light is guided to the optical device, and the emitting element emitted from the light source causes the light returned from the optical disc. Diffraction and discontinuity. Diffraction by the diffraction by the optical path change correction mechanism to correct the reflected light produced by the diffractive element due to the king knife, and the movement of the wavelength of the light emitted by the diffraction element: The focus of the optical pickup device is incorrect; the light is returned to the appropriate position of the light receiving mechanism in the light guide area.-Several light receiving areas are used. The other optical device of the present invention has: the beam emitted by the beam splitter and the reflected light reflected by the optical disc :, The blade is separated from the light source ^ tb & Spear Renya and corrected the astigmatism of the returning king of light; and the light division mechanism, which is separated by the system and returns to the position where the light is incident, and shoots ... 〖Into several light-receiving mechanisms that guide the light area of the document; light The cutting mechanism is composed of several planes or curved surfaces. The optical device composed of several dry surfaces as described above is directed to the optical disc by the light emitted from the light source, and the self-disc is returned by the beam splitter. The light is separated from the emitted light ^ Privately 'properly correct the astigmatism of the returned light, and adjust the beam shape of the returned light incident on the light splitting sub-mechanism. In addition, the composite optical element of the present invention includes: Diffraction element, which causes -15-200306548 to radiate from the light source > &,, & The emitted light is transmitted, and the change in the optical path of the optical disc is compensated. The structure is arranged at the position w where the diffracted light is incident, and the compensation is produced by the diffraction element produced by the light emitted from the light source. &Amp; $ ^ r The light path of the returned light from the dry house changes, and the position is fixed. The composite optical light-guiding optical disc of the present invention constructed as above, the optical path of the emitted light emitted from the original disc by the diffraction element is separated :: "the light is diffracted and the emitted light is emitted first. The motion correction mechanism compensates for the change in the distance from the light source: the light reflected by the diffractive element caused by the long change causes the light to be guided to the appropriate position of the light receiving mechanism having the focus misalignment and the first area of the optical pickup device. The other object of the present invention and the implementation of the energy performance described by the present invention with reference to the drawings M 2, with reference to the drawings: the benefits " can be further taken from the following 5 brothers β π / L . [Embodiment] Hereinafter, an optical disc device to which the present invention is applied will be described with reference to the drawings. The optical disc device 1 of the present invention is formed for cd (optical disc) α DVT (/ sample digital disc), CD_R (recordable) that can record information, and CD (rewritable) that can rewrite information. Optical discs, and optical discs 2 such as magneto-optical discs, record poor information and reproduce recorded information. :: Disc set 1 is equipped with an optical pickup car that records and reproduces information from disc 2. ^ Drives the disc rotation drive mechanism of disc 2 *; makes optical pickup = clothing set: a transfer mechanism $ that moves in the direction of disc ^; And the control unit for controlling the photon take-out 3, the disc rotation driving mechanism 4, and the transmission mechanism-16-200306548 The disc rotation driving mechanism 4 has a disc table 7 on which the disc 2 is mounted; and the rotation = moves the disc table 7 The spindle motor 8. The transfer mechanism 5 has a pedestal seat for supporting the optical pickup, movably supports the main shaft and the auxiliary shaft of the support base, and a lead-through motor for moving the support base, but it is not shown in the figure. As shown in FIG. 4, the control unit 6 includes a drive control transmission mechanism 5, an access control circuit 9 that controls the position of the optical pickup device 3 in the radial direction of the optical disc 2, and a biaxial actuator that drives and controls the optical pickup device 3. The word server circuit 10; and control = equal access control circuit 9 and feeding circuit! 〇Drive controller i = having: demodulation processing signal of the optical pickup device 3 signal demodulation = error correction circuit 13 for demodulation processing signal error; and outputting errors, βT after the signal to external computers and other electronics The interface of the machine ". The optical disc device 1 made up of ΓΛ is driven by the spindle motor 8 of the optical disc rotation drive mechanism 4 and is equipped with optical discs. Storage ::: The control signal of the road 9 'drives the control transmission mechanism # to take the device 3 to the position corresponding to the optical motion pre-disc 2 for the recording of the track n, and to reproduce the recording of the light 1 贝 Bei Xun. : Your Majesty, the above-mentioned optical pickup device 3 will be described in detail. The optical pickup device 3 is shown in Fig. 5 and learns the system 30; and The drive mechanism that drives the wooden lens to the objective lens will be described later. Optical pickup installation + optical integrated element 3 H optical system 30 has the following optical path order: receiving and emitting laser light: optical element body formation, The light-receiving element-its system = source and 2 beams from the optical disc Light; composite optical element ... The emitted light emitted by the 嶋 -body-type element 31 separates the -17-200306548 from the optical disc 2 and the emitted light; opening and closing the diaphragm 33, which will pass through the self-receiving and light-emitting integrated element 31 The emitted light of the emitted composite optical element 32 is condensed into a specific numerical aperture NA; and an objective lens 34 is used to condense the emitted light condensed by the aperture stop 33 above the recording surface of the optical disc 2. The body element 31 includes a semiconductor laser that emits laser light having a wavelength of, for example, about 780 nm, and a light receiving element that is divided into light receiving regions whose details are described later. As shown in FIG. 5 to FIG. 7, a composite optical element 32 if formed into a block shape by emitting a molding resin material, and having: a first surface 41 adjacent to the light-receiving and integrated unit 一体 and orthogonal to the optical axis of the light emitted from the light-receiving and integrated unit 31; and A second surface 42 that is parallel to the first surface 41 is provided on the first surface 41. The first surface 41 is provided with a light beam divided by the self-receiving and light-emitting integrated element into three beams including 0th order light and ± 1st order light. First diffraction grating c. The optical system 30 applies a so-called three-point method (three-beam method) in order to obtain a tracking error signal D, and detects and detects the first-order light divided by the first diffraction grating 45 through the light-receiving and integrated unit 31 and detects The difference of each output of ± 1st order light is constituted by tracking servo. I wish to grasp the gridless 46, which is to make the younger ... ~ ζ 疋 each of the reflected light is divided by the first diffraction grating 45 of the 0th light and ± 1st light diffraction, and further divides these into 0 times light and ± 1 time light, if the +1 time light is ^ reflected back: and separated from the light path of the emitted light. In addition, the first surface 41 is provided with the third and second diffraction gratings 46, and the returned light is further divided into 0th-order light and 1st-order light. The diffraction grating 47 is located on the first light beam, so that the Diffraction of the returned light, such as directing the -1st light to the light-receiving -18-200306548 body type TC member 31. The third diffraction grating 47 is disposed adjacent to one side of the first diffraction grating 45 in the same plane. The complex 0 light car element 3 2 passes through the return light separated by the second diffraction grating 46 and passes through the return light incident on the third diffraction grating 47 to give only a specific amount of image element & optical element. 3 2 By adjusting the position of the optical axis direction of the light emitted from the self-receiving and light-emitting integrated element 3 1, the defocus on the optical disc 2 can be easily adjusted. ^ The composite optical element 32 is formed by injection molding a resin material as described above. Other forming methods can also form the first diffraction grating 45, the second diffraction grating 46, and the third diffraction grating 47 described above by etching, or they can be formed by machining. In addition, the material forming the composite optical element 32 is not limited to a resin material, and a light-transmitting optical material such as a glass material may be used. Furthermore, the material structure may be locally changed by a combination of such optical materials. The composite optical element 32 can also be designed to have a reflective surface inside. In this way, by using the reflective surface, the freedom of optical design can be improved by bending the optical path. The following is a description of the change in the optical path of the light emitted from the optical disc 2 in the composite optical element 32 due to the wavelength variation of the light emitted from the light source of the light-receiving integrated element 31. As shown in FIG. 7, the composite optical element 32 uses the reflected light from the optical disc 2 as B, and uses the second diffraction grating 46 to diffract the returned light L into + 丨 order light and separate it from the optical path of the emitted light. The third diffraction grating 47 is configured so that the optical path is diffracted by the first: diffracted light and the outgoing light L, which is a -order light, and is guided to the light-emitting integrated element 31. 200306548 At this time, as shown in FIG. 8, in the composite optical element 32, the wavelength of the reflected light is λ, the diffraction angle of the second diffraction grating 46 is θι, and the diffraction angle of the third diffraction grating 叼 is ㊀2 'The grating constant of the second diffraction grating 46 is d, and the first constant is from 6 丄, the grating constant of the Le second diffraction grating 47 is t, the number of diffractions of the second diffraction grating 46 is +1, and the third diffraction The diffraction number of the diffraction grating 47 is _ 丨, and the refractive index of the medium between the second diffraction grating 乜 and the third diffraction grating 47 is n, that is, when the refractive index of the resin material forming the composite optical element 32 is n. From the aforementioned formula 3, the following formula 8 and formula 9 are derived. "Η · sinGii / d! Sin02-n · sinefj / d] Secondly, from Equation 8 and Equation 9, Equation 10 and Equation 11. • · · · (8) • · · · (9) sine 丨 and! ^ 2 can be expressed as si η θ 1 = λ / (d 1 · η) 8ΐηθ2 = λ · (l / dl-l / d2) Next, from Equation 10 and Equation 12 and Equation 13 of Equation u. • · · · (10) · · · · (11) COS01 & COS02 can be expressed as follows · · · (12) · (13) C〇s01 = (l ^ 2 / (di. Η) 2) ι / 2 C 〇S02- (1 ^ 2 · (l / d ^ l / d2) 2) i / 2, secondly, the second surface 42 is ㈣, from the third surface 42 to perpendicular to the first surface 41 + ": axis The deviation from the 忒 x-axis is the y-axis, and the second diffraction grating 46 is used as the two-ray diffracted light from the disc 2 and the first diffraction grating 45 is used as the main beam of human light as the light. At 11 o'clock, the light path of the ray 11 can be expressed as the following -20- 200306548 formula 14 4. y-tan0] · X · · ·. (14) Secondly, the distance between the first surface 41 and the second surface 42 is a, and the light 丨丨 It is the same as the first surface 4 1 ', that is, the position incident on the third diffraction grating 47 can be expressed as the following formula 15 • (15)

因此,以第三繞射光柵47繞射-1次光之射回光為光線12 時’該光線12之光程可以下列公式16表示。 • · (16) B點位置可如以下公式j 7 y=tan02 · x+aCtanG^tanGa) · 其次,光線12與x軸交叉點為b, 表示。 x — a( 1-tanGi/tan02) 5 y=0 · · · · (17) 攸公式1 7可知X軸上之位置乂與第二繞射光柵46之繞射角 ㊀丨有關。由於自公式8可知繞射角θι係波長λ之函數,因此 上述例時,λ若改變,則繞射角㊀丨改變,⑽之座標亦改變 ,因射出光之波長變動造成受發光一體型元件31之受光區 域之射束點的位置改變。 因此’為求受發光-體型元件31之受光區域之射束點的 位置不論波長變動為何均為—定,使用公式ι〇至公式Η, 以λ表示表示公式17之乂之公式的右邊第二項時,可如以下 公式1 8表示。 -21 . 200306548 d 2 < d 1 時, tan0 1 /tan02 = (sinei/cose1)/(sin02/cose2) • · · · (18) = -((d12d22/(d2-d1)2^2)/(n2d12^2))1/2 如 此時公式18如代入以下公式19所示之條件作整理時,可 以下公式20表示。 • · · · (19) • · · (20) 自公式19及公式2G可知不μ為何,第三繞射光柵47之6 點的X座標均為一定。 亦即,如藉由以第二繞射光栅46之光柵常數dl與第三繞 射光柵47之光柵常數d2滿足公式19之方式設計複合光學元 件32,引吏因波長變動造成受發光一體型&件”之受光區 域之射束點的位置一定。 此種稷合光學元件32如定義第二繞射光柵46之光柵常數 1 第一、、:^射光栅47之光栅常數d2,因自受發光一體型元 件3 1射出之射出光的波長變動,自光碟2射回之光以第二繞 射光柵46繞射+1次光而與射出光分離時,即使該分離之射 回光的光程變動’藉由以第三繞射光栅47使該射回光繞射 -1次光,可將自光碟2射回之光始終適切地導向受發光一體 型元件31之受光區域的特定位置上。 開口光圈33配置於通過複合光學元件32之第二繞射光柵 46之射出光的光轴上。 -22- 200306548 對物透鏡34藉由至少"固凸透鏡構成,並以自受發光― 型元件3!射出而被開口光圈33聚光之射出光^ ζ 上的方式配置。 、兀末Ζ 、,圖9二示,受發光一體型元件31具有:接受被第 '繞射 光棚* 4 5为副之〇次弁之主射圭夕知 人先之主射束之概略方形4主射束用光檢 測器5i ·,及分別接受被第一繞射光柵45分割之幻次光之兩 個側方射束之-組概略帶狀之側方射束用光檢測器Μ,” 4發光-體型元件31以對應於藉由複合光學元件^之胃 三繞射光柵47補正光程變動之射回光之入射位置的方式配 置。受發光-體型元件31内配置有位於中央而概略方形之 主:束用光檢測器51 ’並且分別設有將主射束用光檢測器 夾於其間而位於兩側之一組概略帶狀之側方射 測器52 , 53 。 如圖9所示,受發光一體型元件31之主射束用光檢測器” 具有被彼此直交之—組分割線分割成4等分之各受光區域 二繞射光柵47而補正光程變動之射回光。 光學拾取裝置3具有之透鏡驅動機構具有:保持對物透鏡 34之透鏡支架,·支樓該透鏡支架可於平行於對物透鏡^之 光軸之聚焦方向及直交於對物透鏡34之光軸之追蹤方向之 二軸方向上變位的支架支撐構件;及藉由電磁力使透鏡支 架驅動變位於二轴方向之電磁驅動部,不過圖上並未顯示。 透鏡驅動機構依據受發光一體型元件3丨之主射束用光檢 測器51檢測之聚焦錯誤信號及側方射束用光檢測器Μ,兄 -23- 200306548 檢測之追蹤錯誤信號,分別使對物透鏡34驅動變位於聚焦 方向及追蹤方向,使射出光合焦於光碟2之記錄面以的記錄 執道上。 ~ 另外’複合光學元件32亦可藉由分別將第—繞射光栅“ 、第二繞射光栅46及第三繞射光柵47作為全息元件,蝕刻 處理特定之全息圖案而形成。此外,使用全息元件的情況 下,宜為表面浮雕型全息圖,亦可為閃耀化全息圖以提高 繞射效率。 如上構成之光碟裝置丨藉由自光碟2射回之光,依據光學 拾取裝置3檢測之聚焦錯誤信號及追蹤錯誤信號,自伺服= 路1〇輸出控制信號至光學拾取裝置3之二軸致動器,藉由對 物透鏡34分別驅動變位於聚焦方向及追蹤方向,射出光經 由對物透鏡34而合焦於光碟2之所需的記錄軌道上。而後, 光碟裝置1藉由信號解調電路12及錯誤訂正電路13對光學 拾取裝置3所讀取之信號進行解調處理及錯誤訂正處理後 ,自介面14輸出再生信號。 以下,就光碟裝置1,參照圖式說明光學拾取裝置3内之 射出光及射回光之光程。 如圖5所示,光碟裝置1自光碟2之記錄面23再生資訊時, 自受發光一體型元件31射出之射出光藉由複合光學元件W 之第一繞射光柵45分割成包含〇次光及±1次光之3個射束。 被分釗成3個射束之射出光透過複合光學元件3 2之第二繞 射光柵46 ’藉由對物透鏡34分別聚光於光碟2的記錄面 自光碟2之記錄面2a射回之光藉由複合光學元件32之第 -24- 200306548 二繞射光栅46繞射而分判忐 Μ η ^ ^ ^ _人光及幻次光,該+1次光作為 射回光而與射出光分雛 μ ^ ^ JL 亚入射於第三繞射光柵47。入射 於弟二繞射光栅47之射 — m 一步分到先错由弟三繞射光柵47繞射,進 步刀告丨J成0次光及±1次光,該“ m 光-體型元件31之主 /作為射回光射入受發 bi,ci,di。射束用—1的各受光區域ai, 广於複合光學元件32内,第二繞射光栅46產 回光之光程變動被第三繞射光 射 射於受發光一體型元件31 q回光適切地入 區域ai,bl,c,,dl。 1射束用光檢測器51的各受光 對物透鏡34對於光碟2之記錄面城成最佳位置, 為對於光碟2之記錄面2a合隹 …、之所明正確聚焦狀態時,入射 光:用光檢測器51之各受光區域al,bl,cl,dl_ 先的射束點形狀形成如圖10B所示的圓形。 所示之圓形的射束點時,主射束用光檢測器51 之各個相對之各受光區域al,G1與各受光區域bl, dl之久為 光量相等。對物透鏡34過於接近光碟2之記錄面2&時,= 離正確聚焦狀態,因被第二繞射光柵46分離 合光學元件32而產生之像散,入射於主射束用光檢:: 之各叉先區域al ’ bl ’ C1,1之射回光的射束點形狀,如 圖10A所示地形成長轴橫跨受光區域ai及f光區域q的橢 圓形。再者,對物透鏡34距光碟2之記錄面2&過遠時,即^ 離正確聚焦狀態,因被第二繞射光栅46分離之射回光通過 複合光學元件32而產生之像散,入射於主射束用光檢 »25- 200306548 51之各受光區域ai,bl,d,七之射回光的射束點形狀,如 圖10C所示地形成長軸橫跨受光區域bi及受光區域di的橢 圓形,與上述圖10A所示之射束點形狀比較,係形成長軸方3 向僅傾斜90度的橢圓形。 因而,形成圖10A及圖10C所示之橢圓形之射束點時,主 射束用光檢測器51之彼此相對之兩組各受光區域…q與各 受光區域1^,dl之一組之各受光區域接受之受光量變多, 並且另一組之各受光區域接受之受光量變少。 因此,主射束用光檢測器51中,各受光區域ai,bl,c ,d,分別檢測之各輸出為受光區域%,叫,sn 聚焦錯誤信號FE可如以下所示之公式2i計算。 FE = (Sai + Sci)-(Sb1 + Sd1) · · · · (21) 亦即主射束用光檢測器51於對物透鏡34對於光碟2之記 錄面2a位於合隹你罢α士# t ” ° “、、位置呀,猎由公式21運算出之聚焦錯誤信 戒FE為〇。主身十击1 束用先杈測器51於對物透鏡34與光碟2之記 綠面2a過近時,平巷 來焦錯秩信號FE為正,且對物透鏡34距光 '面過遠時,聚焦錯誤信號FE為負。 如以上所述,受择本 ^ 51#|£士八^又^先一體型元件31之主射束用光檢測器 3 i係猎由分別入射你々,, 之浐出3 、口叉光區域&丨,bi,ci,…之各射束點 心1¾出而獲得聚隹处& ^铁信號FE並且獲得再生信f卢。 一組之各侧方射击τ 派 45分割成±1次 ^光檢測器52,53於被第—繞射光栅 第二繞射光栅46形:方射束被光碟2反射形成射回光’並以 +1次光而與射出光分離,再經第三繞 -26- 200306548 ^先:47,:正光程變動而入射來檢測各受光區 里,猎由運算此等土 、, 口又先 誤信號ΊΈ。、 别的差分,而獲得追蹤錯 另外光學拾取襄置3如圖u所示, 資訊之光學系統6〇; 有自先業2再生 鏡驅動變位而圖上夫H 具有之後述對物透 “立而圖上未减不的驅動機構。以下說明 系統6 0之光學於取^ w 龙*予 與於®ί壯要 、 匕,就與具有光學系統30之光 :衣置3概略相同的構造係註記相同符號並省略其說 61光!=置3具有之光學系統6°依光程順序具有:光源 ”係射出雷射光至光碟2上;複合光學元件62 割+自該光源61射出之射出光,將自光碟2射回之光與射出: 分離,亚且進一步分割與射出光分離之射回光;開口光圈 33,其係將透過自光源61射出之複合光學元件62之射出光 聚光成特定之數值孔徑NA;對物透鏡34,其係、使被該開口 光圈33聚光之射出光聚光於光碟2之記錄.上;及受光部 63,其係接受自光碟2射回之光。光學系統6〇具有:第一迻 光板64,其係於光源61與複合光學元件以間遮住射出光 之有效光束以外之不需要的光束;及第二遮光板Μ,其係 於複合光學元件62與受光部63之間遮住射回光之有效光束 以外之不需要的光束。 光源6 1具有自發光點6丨a射出波長如約7 8 之雷射光 的半導體雷射。 :¾圖11至圖12所示,複合光學元件62如藉由射出成型樹 -27- 200306548 脂材料而形成區塊狀,纟具有:鄰近光源6i,並且盥自节 先::1;發光點61a射出之射出光之光軸直交的第一面8: 士 — ^第面81平行相對的第二面82 ;對第二面82僅傾斜 :疋角度而相對之第三面83 ;及對第-面81及第二面82垂 i:對第三面83僅傾斜特定角度而相對之第四面84。 、:面81上設有將自光源61之發光點61a射出之射出光 分:成包含0次光及土1次光之三個射束的第-繞射光柵75 一"予系、先60為求獲知追蹤錯誤信號丁E而應用所謂3點法 (二射束法),亚以猎由以受光部63接受被第一繞射光栅75 人光枋測土1次光之各輸出的差分,進行追蹤伺 服之方式構成。 第一面82上设有第二繞射光栅%,其係使自光碟2之各射 回光中被第-繞射光柵75分割之〇次光及土卜欠光繞射,進_ 步將此等分割成。次光及±1次光,如將該”次光作為射回光 而與射出光之光程分離。 第三面83上設有第三繞射光栅77,其係位於被第二繞射Therefore, when the return light diffracted by the third diffraction grating 47 for the first light is the light 12 ', the optical path of the light 12 can be expressed by the following formula 16. • (16) The position of point B can be expressed by the following formula: j 7 y = tan02 x + aCtanG ^ tanGa) Secondly, the intersection of light 12 and the x-axis is b, which is expressed. x — a (1-tanGi / tan02) 5 y = 0 (17) You can know that the position 乂 on the X axis is related to the diffraction angle ㊀ 丨 of the second diffraction grating 46. Since the diffraction angle θι is a function of the wavelength λ from Equation 8, in the above example, if λ is changed, the diffraction angle ㊀ 丨 changes, and the coordinates of ⑽ also change. The light-emitting integrated element is caused by the wavelength change of the emitted light. The position of the beam spot of the light receiving area of 31 is changed. Therefore, in order to obtain the position of the beam spot of the light-receiving area of the light-emitting-type element 31 regardless of the wavelength variation, it is determined. Use the formula ι0 to formula Η, and use λ to represent the right side of the formula of 乂 in formula 17 The term can be expressed as Equation 18 below. -21. 200306548 d 2 < d 1, tan0 1 / tan02 = (sinei / cose1) / (sin02 / cose2) • · · · (18) =-((d12d22 / (d2-d1) 2 ^ 2) / (n2d12 ^ 2)) 1/2 In this case, when formula 18 is substituted into the conditions shown in formula 19 below for finishing, formula 20 can be expressed as follows. (19) • (20) From Equation 19 and Equation 2G, we can see why, the X coordinates of the 6 points of the third diffraction grating 47 are constant. That is, if the composite optical element 32 is designed such that the grating constant d1 of the second diffraction grating 46 and the grating constant d2 of the third diffraction grating 47 satisfy Equation 19, the integrated light-emitting type & The position of the beam spot in the light receiving area of the "piece" is constant. Such a coupled optical element 32 defines the grating constant 1 of the second diffraction grating 46, and the grating constant d2 of the first,: ^ grating 47, because it is self-susceptible. When the wavelength of the emitted light emitted by the light-emitting integrated element 3 1 varies, the light returned from the optical disc 2 is diffracted by the second diffraction grating 46 + 1 time and separated from the emitted light, even if the separated reflected light is By using the third diffraction grating 47 to diffract the returned light -1 times, the light returned from the optical disc 2 can always be appropriately guided to a specific position of the light-receiving area of the light-receiving integrated element 31. The aperture stop 33 is disposed on the optical axis of the light emitted by the second diffraction grating 46 of the composite optical element 32. -22- 200306548 The objective lens 34 is composed of at least " solid convex lens, and is self-receiving light-emitting type Element 3! Is emitted and emitted by the aperture 33 which is condensed. The configuration of the above method is shown in FIG. 9 and FIG. 9. The light-receiving integrated element 31 has: receiving the main shot of the diffracting light booth * 4 5 times, and the main shot of Guixi Zhiren. The beam is a square 4 main beam photodetector 5i, and each of the two side beams that receives the phantom light divided by the first diffraction grating 45 is a set of side band-shaped side beam light. The detector M, 4 is a light-emission-type element 31 that is arranged so as to correspond to the incident position of the reflected light that is corrected by the gastric triple diffraction grating 47 of the composite optical element ^. The light-receiving-body-type element 31 is provided with a centrally-shaped and roughly square-shaped main: a beam photodetector 51 ′ and a set of roughly band-shaped photodetectors for sandwiching the main beam photodetector between the two sides. Side fire detectors 52, 53. As shown in FIG. 9, the photodetector for the main beam of the light-receiving integrated element 31 has a light-receiving region two diffraction gratings 47 that are divided into four equal divisions by a set of dividing lines that are orthogonal to each other, thereby correcting the optical path variation. The lens driving mechanism of the optical pickup device 3 includes a lens holder holding the objective lens 34, and the lens holder can be oriented in a focusing direction parallel to the optical axis of the objective lens and perpendicular to the objective lens. The bracket support member that is displaced in the two-axis direction of the tracking direction of the optical axis of 34; and the electromagnetic driving part that changes the lens holder drive to the two-axis direction by electromagnetic force, but it is not shown in the figure. The focusing error signal detected by the main beam photodetector 51 and the side beam photodetector M of the light-emitting integrated element 3 丨 the tracking error signal detected by the side beam detector 2003-200306548, respectively, drives the objective lens 34 to change It is located in the focusing direction and tracking direction, so that the emitted light is focused on the recording path of the recording surface of the disc 2. In addition, the 'composite optical element 32 can also separate the first diffraction grating and the second diffraction light by The grid 46 and the third diffraction grating 47 are formed as a hologram element by etching a specific hologram pattern. In addition, when a hologram element is used, a surface relief type hologram should be used, and a hologram can also be used to improve the diffraction efficiency. The optical disc device constructed as above 丨 outputs the control signal from the servo = channel 10 to the two-axis actuation of the optical pickup device 3 according to the focus error signal and tracking error signal detected by the optical pickup device 3 by the light emitted from the optical disk 2. The objective lens 34 is driven to change the focus direction and the tracking direction, respectively, and the emitted light is focused on the required recording track of the optical disc 2 through the objective lens 34. Then, the optical disc device 1 performs demodulation processing and error correction processing on the signal read by the optical pickup device 3 through the signal demodulation circuit 12 and the error correction circuit 13, and then outputs a reproduction signal from the interface 14. Hereinafter, the optical disc device 1 will be described with reference to the drawings on the optical paths of the emitted light and the returned light in the optical pickup device 3. As shown in FIG. 5, when the optical disc device 1 reproduces information from the recording surface 23 of the optical disc 2, the light emitted from the self-receiving and light-emitting integrated element 31 is divided into the light of the 0th order by the first diffraction grating 45 of the composite optical element W. And 3 beams of ± 1 order light. The emitted light divided into three beams passes through the second diffraction grating 46 of the composite optical element 3 2 and is condensed on the recording surface of the optical disc 2 by the objective lens 34 and is emitted from the recording surface 2a of the optical disc 2 The light is divided by the -24-200306548 two-diffraction grating 46 of the composite optical element 32 to separate the 忐 M η ^ ^ ^ _ human light and the magic light, and the +1 light is used as the reflected light and the emitted light. The splitting μ μ ^ JL is incident on the third diffraction grating 47. The incident on the second diffraction grating 47 — m is divided into the first error and the third diffraction grating 47 is diffracted, and the progress is reported. J becomes 0th order light and ± 1st order light. The "m light-body element 31 The main / received light enters the receiving bi, ci, and di. The respective light receiving areas ai of the beam use -1 are wider in the composite optical element 32, and the optical path variation of the returned light by the second diffraction grating 46 is changed. The third diffracted light is incident on the light-receiving integrated element 31. The return light appropriately enters the areas ai, bl, c, and dl. Each of the light-receiving photodetectors 51 of the beam detector 51 is directed to the recording surface of the optical disc 2 The best position for the city is to combine the recording surface 2a of the optical disc 2 with the correct focusing state as shown, the incident light: the beam receiving points a1, bl, cl, dl_ of each light receiving area 51 of the photodetector 51 The shape is formed as a circle as shown in Fig. 10B. When the circular beam spot is shown, the respective light receiving areas a1, G1 and each light receiving area b1, d1 of the main beam photodetector 51 facing each other are as follows: The amount of light is equal. When the objective lens 34 is too close to the recording surface 2 & of the disc 2, it is away from the correct focus state because it is separated by the second diffraction grating 46 and combined with optical The astigmatism generated by the element 32 is incident on the main beam for optical inspection: the beam spot shape of the return light of each of the cross regions a'bl'C1,1, as shown in FIG. 10A. The elliptical shape of the light-receiving area ai and f-light area q. Furthermore, when the objective lens 34 is too far away from the recording surface 2 of the optical disc 2, that is, ^ is out of the correct focus state, and is returned by the separation by the second diffraction grating 46 The astigmatism generated by the light passing through the composite optical element 32 is incident on the main beam for light detection »25- 200306548 51 of each light receiving area ai, bl, d, and the beam spot shape of the returning light, as shown in Figure 10C The elliptical shape showing the terrain growing axis spanning the light receiving area bi and the light receiving area di is compared with the shape of the beam spot shown in FIG. 10A described above, and forms an ellipse that is inclined only 90 degrees in the long axis 3 directions. Therefore, FIG. 10A is formed. In the case of the elliptical beam spot shown in FIG. 10C, the main beam uses the photodetector 51 of the two groups of light receiving areas opposite to each other ... q and the light receiving areas of each of the light receiving areas 1 ^, dl accept the The amount of received light is increased, and the amount of received light is reduced in each light receiving area of the other group. Therefore, the main beam uses light In the detector 51, each light-receiving area ai, bl, c, d, and each output detected respectively is the light-receiving area%, which is called, the sn focus error signal FE can be calculated as the formula 2i shown below. FE = (Sai + Sci) -(Sb1 + Sd1) · · · · (21) That is, the main beam photodetector 51 is located on the recording surface 2a of the objective lens 34 on the disc 2 and is located at the position #t "°", " Yeah, the focus error letter or FE calculated by the formula 21 is 0. When the main body hits 10 with a beam, the forward detector 51 is used to focus on the objective lens 34 and the green surface 2a of the disc 2 too close. When the error rank signal FE is positive and the objective lens 34 is too far from the light 'plane, the focus error signal FE is negative. As described above, subject to the selection of ^ 51 # | 八 士 八 ^^^ The first integrated beam 31 of the main beam with a light detector 3 i series hunting light incident on you, respectively, and 3, 口 口 光Areas & 丨, bi, ci, ... of each beam snack 1¾ out to obtain the center & ^ iron signal FE and obtain the regeneration letter f. Each side of a group of shots τ pie 45 is divided into ± 1 times ^ photodetectors 52, 53 are shaped by a first diffraction grating and a second diffraction grating 46: a square beam is reflected by the disc 2 to form the reflected light 'and The light is separated from the emitted light by +1 times, and then passes through the third winding-26- 200306548 ^ first: 47 ,: the positive optical path changes and enters to detect each light receiving area. Signal ΊΈ. The other difference is obtained, and the tracking error is obtained. In addition, the optical pickup system 3 is shown in Fig. U, and the optical system 6 is information; The driving mechanism is not diminished on the erection chart. The following description of the system 60's optics will be used to obtain the power and strength, which is similar to the structure of the optical system 30 with the light: clothes set 3. Note the same symbol and omit the 61 light! = Set the optical system with 3 ° 6 ° according to the optical path sequence: light source "emits laser light onto disc 2; composite optical element 62 cut + emitted from this light source 61 Light, which separates the light returned from the optical disc 2 and exits: separates and further divides the returned light that is separated from the emitted light; the aperture diaphragm 33 condenses the emitted light through the composite optical element 62 emitted from the light source 61 A specific numerical aperture NA; an objective lens 34, which records the light condensed by the aperture 33 and focused on the record of the optical disc 2; and a light receiving unit 63, which receives the light emitted from the optical disc 2 Light. The optical system 60 includes: a first light-shifting plate 64, which is connected to the light source 61 and the composite optical element to block unnecessary light beams other than the effective light beam emitted; and a second light-shielding plate M, which is connected to the composite optical element. An unnecessary light beam other than the effective light beam of the returned light is shielded between 62 and the light receiving unit 63. The light source 61 has a semiconductor laser that emits laser light having a wavelength such as about 7 8 from the light emitting point 6a. : ¾ As shown in FIGS. 11 to 12, the composite optical element 62 is formed into a block shape by emitting a molding material-27- 200306548 grease material, and has: adjacent to the light source 6i, and self-knotting: 1; light emitting point First surface 8a of the emitted light perpendicular to the emitted light of 61a: Taxi — ^ The first surface 81 is parallel to the second surface 82; the second surface 82 is inclined only: the angle is opposite to the third surface 83; and -The surface 81 and the second surface 82 are perpendicular to each other: the fourth surface 84 which is inclined to the third surface 83 only by a specific angle. : The surface 81 is provided with a first-diffraction grating 75- "diffraction grating 75" which divides the emitted light emitted from the light emitting point 61a of the light source 61 into three beams including 0th-order light and 1st-order light. 60 In order to obtain the tracking error signal D E, the so-called three-point method (two-beam method) is used, and the Israeli-Ireland receiving unit 63 receives the output of each of the first-order light measured by the first diffraction grating 75 and the light by the human. The difference is constituted by a tracking servo. The first surface 82 is provided with a second diffraction grating%, which is used to diffract the 0th-order light and local light that are divided by the first-diffraction grating 75 from each of the reflected light from the optical disc 2. These are divided into. The secondary light and ± 1st light are separated from the optical path of the emitted light as the return light. The third surface 83 is provided with a third diffraction grating 77, which is located by the second diffraction.

光桃76分離之射回朵夕本# L 耵口光之“上,使該射回光反射及繞射, tr分割成0次光及士1次光,如將該]次光作為射回光而 補正弟一繞射光柵76產生之光程變動。 一該第三繞射光柵77以人射之射回光全反射之方式,於第 二面8 3上設有特定之反射膜, 、 ^輝所明反射型繞射光栅之 功能。 第四面設有分割稜鏡78,其係位於經第三繞射光栅 7補正先程變動之射回光的光程上,並將該射回光分割成4 -28- 200306548 部分。 。亥刀告J稜鏡7 8如圖1 3及圖1 4所示,形成概略正四角錐开/ 狀,並以藉由第三繞射光栅77而反射及繞射之_丨次光於节 η人⑺/入、、凡w -丨::欠光於該 繞射光之焦點或焦點近旁,繞射光之中心入射於正四角= 之頂角中心的方式配置。該分割稜鏡78位於複合光學元件 62之内方,並於該内方側朝向頂角設置。亦即,分割稜鏡 78係以被第一繞射光柵75所分割之三射束的〇次光以^ = 繞射光柵76繞射,以第三繞射光柵77反射及繞射,而入= 於頂角之方式配置。另外,分割稜鏡78係以正四角錐之底 面對以第三繞射光柵77反射及繞射之]次光之光軸 : 方式配置。 、 複合光學7G件62藉由被第二繞射光柵76分離之射回光、雨 過’於入射於分割稜鏡78之射回光上僅賦予特定: 。複合光學元件62藉由調整自光源61射出之射出光二 方向的位置,即可輕易地調整對光碟2的散焦。 複合光學元件62如上所述係藉由射出成型樹 成。其他之形成方法亦可藉由姓刻加工形成上述之第: 射光柵75、第二繞射光柵76、第三繞射光柵 : 1亦可藉由機械加工形成…卜,形成複合光學= = 才料並不限定於樹脂材料,亦可使用具有玻璃材料等透 光性之光學㈣,再者,亦可藉由此等光學材;= 部改變材料構造。 、、且ΰ局 植:時’與以複合光學元件32說明時同樣地,# 二 光柵76及第三繞射光栅77之光柵常數及第三面Γ3與; -29- 200306548 二面82構成角度等’來設計複合光學元件62,補 變動造成射回光之光程變動,可正確地將該射回光導Μ 割稜鏡78的頂角。 刀 如此設計成之複合光學元件62於藉由自_61射出之射 出光之波長變動’自光碟2射回之光以第二繞射光栅%繞射 成+!次光而與射出光分離時,即使該分離之射回光 變動,藉由以第三繞射光柵77使該射回光反射及繞射成二 次光’而將自光碟2射回之光始終導向分割稜鏡冗之頂角, 可將被分割稜鏡78所分割之各射回光正確地導向受光部^ 之受光區域的特定位置上。 開口光圈33配置於通過複合光學元件以第二繞射光拇 7 6之射出光的光軸上。 對物透鏡34藉由至少1個凸透鏡構成,係將自光源61射出 ,並以被開口光圈33聚光之射出光聚光於光碟2上的方式配 置。 一如圖15所示,受光部63具有:接受被第一繞射光栅75分 剔之〇次先之主射束之概略方形之主射束用光檢測器化及 分別接受被第-繞射光柵75分割之±1次光之兩個側方射束 之一組概略帶狀之側方射束用光檢測器92,93。受光部63 配置於對應於藉由複合光學元件62之分割棱鏡川斤分判之 各射回光的位置。受光部63内配置有位於中央而概略;形 之士射束用光檢測器91,並且分別設有將該主射束用光檢 測器91夾於其間而位於兩側之一組概略帶狀之側方射束用 光檢測器92,93。 -30- 200306548 受光部63之主射束用光檢測器91具有被彼此直交之一短 分割線分割成4等分之各受光區域匕,t。各受光 區域,b2,C2,d2内分別照射有被分割稜鏡78分割成4部 为之各射回光。 第—遮光板64於光源6丨與複合光學元件62之間設有對應 於射出光之有效光束之概略圓形的開口部,藉由開口限制 遮住有效光束以外之不需要的光束,彳避免漫射光進入複 合光學元件62内。 第二遮光板65於複合光學元件62與受光部63之間設有對 應於射出光之有效光束之概略圓形的開口部,藉由開口限 制:住有交文光束以外之不需要的光束,可避免未透過複合 光子凡件62内之分割稜鏡78的漫射光進入受光部内。 卜第遮光板64及第二遮光板65之開口部的形狀並 不限疋於概略圓形,亦可形成概略橢圓形及概略多角形 其他形狀。 y ' 第遮光板64及第二遮光板65於圖14及圖15中,係顯示 僅没有對應於被第一繞射光柵75所分割之〇次光,亦即對應 方、主射束之開口部的形狀,不過亦需要設置對應於土1次光 :亦即對應於側方射束之開口冑,或是使開口部的形狀變 一學拾取裝置3具有之透鏡驅動機構具有:保持對物透鏡 、4之透鏡支架;支撐該透鏡支架可於平行於對物透鏡34之 光軸之聚焦方向及直交於對物透鏡34之光軸之追蹤方向之 一軸方向上變位的支架支撐構件;及藉由電磁力使透鏡支 -31 - 200306548 木驅動欠位於一軸方向之電磁驅動部,不過圖上並未顯示。 透鏡驅動機構依據受光部63之主射束用光檢測器”檢測 之聚焦錯誤信號及侧方射束用光檢測器92, 93檢測之追縱 錯誤信號,分肢對物透鏡34,㈣變位於聚焦方向及追縱 方向,使射出光合焦於光碟2之記錄面以的記錄執道上。 另外’上述稷合光學元件62之分割稜鏡78亦可形成如八 角錐。此種情況下’受光部63之主射束用光檢測㈣亦可 以被自受光面之中央呈放射狀之分割線分割成8部分的方 式構成。此外’複合光學元件62之分割稜鏡78係對第四面 84設於内方侧,不過亦可對第四面84突出設置於外方側。 再者,複合光學元件62之分割稜鏡78不限定於具有平面之 角錐,亦可形成具有數個曲面的形狀。此種情況下,係以 對應受光部6 3之主射束用光檢測器9丨之分割區域的方式設 置二再者複合光學元件62亦可藉由分別將第一繞射光栅乃 、第二繞射光柵76及第三繞射光栅77作為全息元件,蝕刻 處理4寸疋之全息圖案而形成。此外,冑用全息元件的情況 下,宜為表面浮雕型全息圖,亦可為閃耀化全息圖以提高 &射效率。 稷合光學元件62如圖16所示使用分割成4個區域之光柵 79以取代分割稜鏡78,亦可獲得同樣的效果。此時光栅79 為求獲得與分割稜鏡78同樣的效果,而設有分割區域力, w,y3,y4,各分割區域yi ,乃,乃,h中形成溝之方向各 不相同。具體而言,形成分割區域”與乃之溝的方向以: 形成分割區域與y4之溝的方向係彼此直交。光栅Μ因應 •32- 200306548 各分割區域yi,h,W,h之各溝方向及光栅常數使入射之 光碟2射回之光繞射、分割成4部分,並導向受光部。之主 射束用光檢測器91。光柵79作為全息元件藉由蝕刻處理特 定之全息圖案而形成。此外,使用全息元件的情況 — 為表面浮雕型全息圖,亦可為閃耀化全息圖以提高繞射= 〇 再者,複合光學元件62亦可設計成於内部具有反射面 如此利用反射面,藉由彎曲光程可使光學設計之自由度提Light peach 76 is separated and shot back to Duo Xiben # L 耵 口 光 上 ", so that the reflected light is reflected and diffracted, tr is divided into 0 times light and 1 time light, if the] times light is reflected back The light compensates for the change in the optical path produced by a diffraction grating 76. A third reflection grating 77 is provided with a specific reflection film on the second surface 83 in the manner of total reflection of the reflected light from a person. The function of the reflective diffraction grating as shown by Hui. The fourth surface is provided with a division chirp 78, which is located on the optical path of the reflected light that has been changed by the third diffraction grating 7 and corrected. It is divided into 4 -28- 200306548 parts. As shown in Fig. 13 and Fig. 14, Hai Dao J 稜鏡 7 8 forms a roughly regular quadrangular pyramid opening / shape, and is reflected and reflected by the third diffraction grating 77. Diffraction of the _ 丨 second light at the section η / 、, where w-丨 :: The underlight is near the focal point of the diffracted light, or near the focal point, and the center of the diffracted light is incident on the center of the regular four corners = the vertex angle The division 稜鏡 78 is located inside the composite optical element 62 and is disposed toward the top corner on the inner side. That is, the division 稜鏡 78 is positioned by the first diffraction grating 75. The 0th-order light of the divided three beams is diffracted by ^ = diffraction grating 76, reflected and diffracted by third diffraction grating 77, and incident = arranged at the vertex angle. In addition, the division 稜鏡 78 is a positive four The bottom face of the pyramid is reflected and diffracted by the third diffraction grating 77. The optical axis of the secondary light is arranged in the following manner. The composite optical 7G member 62 returns the light and rain through the separated by the second diffraction grating 76. 'Only the return light incident on the division 稜鏡 78 is given only the specific:. The composite optical element 62 can easily adjust the defocus on the optical disc 2 by adjusting the position of the two directions of the emitted light emitted from the light source 61. Composite optics The element 62 is formed by injection molding as described above. Other formation methods can also be formed by the last name processing: the diffraction grating 75, the second diffraction grating 76, and the third diffraction grating: 1 can also be borrowed Formed by mechanical processing ... Bu, forming composite optics = = The material is not limited to resin materials, but also can use optically transparent optical fibers such as glass materials. Furthermore, optical materials such as this can also be used; Material structure. ,, 和 ΰ 局 植 : 时 '与 以 Compound optical element 3 2 In the same way, the grating constants of the # 2 grating 76 and the third diffraction grating 77 and the third surface Γ3 and -29- 200306548 form the angle of the second surface 82, etc., to design a composite optical element 62, which compensates for the return The change of the optical path length of the light can correctly return the beam to the vertex of the light guide M and cut it 78. The compound optical element 62 designed in this way changes the wavelength of the light emitted from the _61 to 'from the optical disc 2 When the returning light is diffracted by the second diffraction grating into +! Secondary light and separated from the emitted light, even if the separated returning light changes, the returning light is reflected and diffracted by the third diffraction grating 77. The light returned from the optical disc 2 is always directed to the apex angle of the division, and the returned light divided by the division 稜鏡 78 can be directed to the specific light receiving area of the light receiving unit ^. Location. The aperture stop 33 is disposed on the optical axis of the light emitted by the second diffracted light thumb 76 through the composite optical element. The objective lens 34 is constituted by at least one convex lens, and is arranged so that the light emitted from the light source 61 is condensed on the optical disc 2 by the light condensed by the aperture stop 33. As shown in FIG. 15, the light receiving unit 63 has a roughly square main beam that receives a main beam that has been subdivided by the first diffraction grating 75 times. The main square beam is converted into a photodetector and received by the first diffraction beam. One of the two side beams of the ± first order light divided by the grating 75 is a photodetector 92, 93 for a sideband beam having a roughly band shape. The light-receiving section 63 is disposed at a position corresponding to each of the reflected light which is judged by the division prism Kawasaki of the composite optical element 62. The light-receiving section 63 is arranged in the center and is roughly arranged; a light detector 91 for the light beam is provided, and a group of roughly band-shaped light detectors 91 are provided between the light detector 91 for the main beam and sandwiched therebetween. Photodetectors 92, 93 for side beams. -30- 200306548 The main-beam photodetector 91 of the light-receiving section 63 has light-receiving regions d, which are divided into four equal parts by a short dividing line orthogonal to each other. In each of the light-receiving regions, b2, C2, and d2 are respectively irradiated with the return light divided by the divided 稜鏡 78 into four parts. The first light-shielding plate 64 is provided between the light source 6 and the composite optical element 62 with a roughly circular opening corresponding to the effective light beam emitted. The opening restricts the unnecessary light beams other than the effective light beam, so as to avoid The diffused light enters the composite optical element 62. The second light-shielding plate 65 is provided between the composite optical element 62 and the light receiving portion 63 with a roughly circular opening corresponding to an effective beam of emitted light. The opening is restricted by the opening: an unnecessary beam other than the cross beam is held. It is possible to prevent the diffused light that has not passed through the division 稜鏡 78 in the composite photon element 62 from entering the light receiving portion. The shapes of the openings of the first light-shielding plate 64 and the second light-shielding plate 65 are not limited to a roughly circular shape, and other shapes such as a roughly oval shape and a roughly polygonal shape may be formed. y ′ The first light shielding plate 64 and the second light shielding plate 65 are shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 15, which only show that there is no light corresponding to the 0th order divided by the first diffraction grating 75, that is, the opening of the counterpart and the main beam. The shape of the part, however, also needs to be set to correspond to the primary light: that is, the opening 胄 corresponding to the side beam, or the shape of the opening part is changed. The lens driving mechanism of the pickup device 3 has: A lens holder for the lens, 4; a bracket supporting member that supports the lens holder to be displaceable in an axis direction parallel to the focusing direction of the optical axis of the objective lens 34 and an axis direction orthogonal to the tracking direction of the optical axis of the objective lens 34; and The lens support -31-200306548 is driven by an electromagnetic force, but the electromagnetic drive is not located in one axis, but it is not shown in the figure. The lens driving mechanism is based on the focus error signal detected by the main beam photodetector 63 of the light receiving unit 63 and the tracking error signal detected by the side beam photodetectors 92, 93. The focusing direction and the tracking direction make the emitted light focus on the recording path of the recording surface of the optical disc 2. In addition, 'the above-mentioned division of the combined optical element 62 稜鏡 78 can also be formed like an octagon. In this case' the light receiving section The main beam detection light 63 of 63 can also be divided into 8 parts by a radial dividing line from the center of the light-receiving surface. In addition, the '78 division of the composite optical element 62 is provided on the fourth surface 84. The inner side, but the fourth surface 84 may be protrudingly provided on the outer side. Furthermore, the division 稜鏡 78 of the composite optical element 62 is not limited to a flat pyramid, and may be formed into a shape having a plurality of curved surfaces. In this case, the second or second composite optical element 62 may be provided so as to correspond to the divided area of the main beam photodetector 9 丨 of the light receiving section 63. The first diffraction grating and the second Diffraction grating 76 and third diffracted light 77 is formed as a holographic element by etching a 4-inch holographic pattern. In addition, when a holographic element is used, it should be a surface relief hologram or a sparkle hologram to improve & radiation efficiency. As shown in FIG. 16, the optical element 62 uses a grating 79 divided into four regions instead of the division 稜鏡 78, and the same effect can be obtained. At this time, the grating 79 is provided to obtain the same effect as the division 稜鏡 78. The force of the divided region, w, y3, y4, each of the divided regions yi, but, but, h are different in the direction in which the grooves are formed. Specifically, the direction of the formation of the divided regions "and the grooves of Nai is: forming the divided regions and y4 The direction of the ditch is orthogonal to each other. The grating M responds to the direction of the grooves and grating constants of each of the divided areas yi, h, W, and h in order to diffract and divide the light returned by the incident disc 2 into four parts and guide the light receiving part. Photodetector 91 for the main beam. The grating 79 is formed as a hologram element by a hologram pattern specific to the etching process. In addition, when using a holographic element — a surface relief hologram, or a blazed hologram to improve diffraction = 〇 Furthermore, the composite optical element 62 can also be designed to have a reflective surface inside so that the reflective surface is used. The freedom of optical design is improved by the curved optical path

再者,由於複合光學元件62係使入射於分割稜鏡Μ之自 光碟2射回之光之入射角對於分割稜鏡78之各面形成。以 下,亦即將分割稜鏡78之各面的傾角形成45。以下,以避免 入射之射回光進入全反射條件的方式,可增加折射角,因 此可分離被分割之各射回光之射束點間隔,可擴大主射束 用光檢測器91内之各分割區域之間隔及主射束用光檢測器Furthermore, since the composite optical element 62 is formed so that the incident angle of the light incident from the optical disc 2 incident on the division 稜鏡 M is formed on each side of the division 稜鏡 78. In the following, the inclination angle of each plane dividing 稜鏡 78 will be 45. In the following, in order to prevent the incident returning light from entering the total reflection condition, the refraction angle can be increased. Therefore, the beam spot interval of each divided returning light can be separated, and each of the main beam photodetectors 91 can be enlarged. Photodetector for interval and main beam division

91與侧方射束用光檢測n 92, 93之間隔,可放寬光學拾取 裝置3的組合精密度。 具備具有如上之光學系統60之光學拾取裝置3的光碟裝 置^由自㈣2射回之光,依據光學拾取裝置3檢測之聚焦 錯块信號及追縱錯誤信號,自祠服電路1〇輪出控制信號至 光學拾取裝置3之二軸致動器’藉由對物透鏡“分別驅動變 位於聚焦方向及追縱方向,㈣光經由對物透鏡34而合焦 :光碟2之所需的記錄軌道上。而後,光碟裝置1藉由信號 路12及錯誤訂正電路㈣光學拾取裝置3所讀取之 -33- 200306548 信號進行解調處理及錯誤訂正處理後,自介面14輸 信號。 以下,就具備具有上述光學系統60之光學拾取裝置3的光 碟裝置1 ’參照圖式說明光學拾取裝置3内之射出光及射回 光之光程。 圖1所π &碟裳置1自光碟2之記錄面2a再生資訊時 ,自光源61射出之射出光被第-遮光板64遮住不需要之光 ,僅有效光束入射於複合光學元件62,並藉由複合光學元 件62之第一繞射光拇75分割成包含〇次光及±1次光之3個射 =被刀告J成3個射束之射出光透過複合光學元件α之第二 繞射光栅76 ’藉由對物透鏡34而聚光於光碟2的記錄面2a。 自光碟2之記錄面2a射回之光藉由複合光學元件62之第 二繞射光柵76繞射’導入朝向第三面以之光程上,+1次光 :射於第三繞射光柵77。入射於第三繞射光柵77之來自第The interval between 91 and the side beam light detection n 92, 93 can relax the combined precision of the optical pickup device 3. The optical disc device provided with the optical pickup device 3 having the above-mentioned optical system 60. The light emitted from the self-reflection device 2 is controlled by the rotator circuit 10 based on the focus error signal and the tracking error signal detected by the optical pickup device 3. The signal to the two-axis actuator of the optical pickup device 3 is driven by the objective lens to change the focus direction and the tracking direction, respectively. The focus light is focused via the objective lens 34: on the required recording track of disc 2. Then, the optical disc device 1 performs demodulation processing and error correction processing of the -33- 200306548 signal read by the signal path 12 and the error correction circuit ㈣ optical pickup device 3, and then inputs the signal from the interface 14. The following is provided with The optical disk device 1 ′ of the optical pickup device 3 of the optical system 60 described above will explain the optical paths of the emitted light and the returned light in the optical pickup device 3 with reference to the drawings. Fig. 1 & When the information is reproduced in 2a, the light emitted from the light source 61 is blocked by the first light-shielding plate 64. Unnecessary light is blocked, and only the effective light beam is incident on the composite optical element 62, and is divided by the first diffracted light thumb 75 of the composite optical element 62. 3 shots including 0th order light and ± 1st order light = the second light diffraction grating 76 ′ of the 3rd beam emitted by the knife J passes through the composite optical element α and is condensed by the objective lens 34 The recording surface 2a of the optical disc 2. The light emitted from the recording surface 2a of the optical disc 2 is diffracted by the second diffraction grating 76 of the composite optical element 62 into the optical path toward the third surface, +1 times of light: Is incident on the third diffraction grating 77.

一繞射光拇7 6之+1二女氺茲山贫_ ,土 A 卜、♦ 先猎由弟二繞射光柵77反射及繞射, 人光入射於分稜鏡78的頂角。入射於分割稜鏡巧之正 四角錐頂角之-1次光藉由分別入射於正四角錐之各周面, t別折射於各不同方向,而被分割成4條射回光,並藉由第 光板65遮住不需要之光’僅有效光束分別照射於受光A diffracted light thumb 7 6 + 1 + two female sons and daughters are poor, and the first hunter is reflected and diffracted by the second brother diffraction grating 77, and the human light is incident on the top angle of tiller 78. The -1 times of light incident on the top angle of the regular quadrangular pyramid that is divided into clumps are incident on the peripheral surfaces of the regular quadrangular pyramid, respectively, and t is refracted in different directions, and is divided into 4 pieces of reflected light. Light plate 65 blocks unnecessary light

相^射束用光檢測㈣之各受光區域I :$二&射光柵77繞射之繞射光入射於分割棱鏡^之頂 人恰’如圖17Β所示’對物透鏡34對光碟2之記錄面h位於 2位置時,分割稜鏡78之頂角上入射有形成概略圓形的 繞射光。 -34- 200306548 另外’繞射光入射於分割稜鏡78之頂角時,如圖〗7A所示 ’對物透鏡34與光碟2之記錄面2a過於接近時,對物透鏡34 即偏離合焦位置,因此,因繞射光通過複合光學元件62而 產生之像散,於分割稜鏡78之頂角上入射有長轴形成圖中 右上方之擴圓形的繞射光。 繞射光入射於分割稜鏡78之頂角時,如圖17c所示,對物 透鏡34距光碟2之記錄面2a過遠時,對物透鏡34即偏離合焦 位置,因此,因繞射光通過複合光學元件62而產生之像散 ,於分割稜鏡78之頂角上入射有長軸形成圖中左上方之橢 圓形的繞射光。 口此,於對物透鏡34偏離合焦位置的狀態下,技射光入 射於分割稜鏡78之頂角日寺,分割稜鏡78之彼此相:之兩組 周面Xl’ X3與周面X2, X4上,係區分成於-組之各周面上入 射繞射光之大部分’並且於另一組之各周面上入射極少的 繞射光。 亦即’如圖ΠΑ所示’形成橢圓形之繞射光入射之 鏡78上’繞射光之大部分入射於一組相對之各周面Xi,: ,並且繞射光之極少部分入射於-組相對之各周面Χ2,χ3 。此外,如圖Μ所示,形成橢圓形之繞射光入射之分割稜 鏡78上,繞射光之大部分入射於一組相對之 久 ,並且繞射光之極少部分入射於-組相對之各二X;’ X4 被第一繞射光栅75分割之〇次光中之自光 1 Χ3 第二繞射光柵76繞射形成-1次光,藉由該丨’1二口之光u 於分割稜鏡78之各周::光分別入射 3 、而折射於各不同方向 -35- 200306548 由因此被分割成4條射回光’並分別入射於受光部Μ之主射 束用光檢測器9 1之各受光區域a2,匕,C2,^。 因而,形成圖18A及圖18C所示,主射束用紐測器91之 彼此相對之兩組各受光區域a2, e2與各受光區域h,4之一 組之各受光區域接受之受光量變乡,並且另'组之各受光 區域接受之受光量變少。 又 亦即,圖17A所示之橢圓形繞射光入射於分割稜鏡78時, 主射束用光檢測器91如圖1δΑ所*,相對之各受光區域^ ’ c2接受之受光量變多’並且相對之各受光區域一2接受 :受光量變少。如圖17C所示之橢圓形繞射光入射於分割稜 •兄78日守,主射束用光檢測器91如圖所示 區域™受光…,並且相對之各 C2接受之受光量變少。 圖17B所示之圓形繞射光入射於分割稜鏡78之頂角時,主 射束用光檢測器91如圖18B所示,相對之各受光區域a〗、 與各受光區域h,Cb之各受光量相等。 2 因此,主射束用光檢測器91中,各受光區域…匕,c 分別檢測之各輸出為Sa2 ’叫,%,叫時,聚焦錯誤2 4吕號FE可如以下所示之公式22計算。 、 • (22) FE = (Sa2 + Sc2).(Sb2 + Sd2) 亦即,主射束用光檢測器91於對物透鏡34對於光碟2之圮 錄面2a位於合焦位置時,藉由公式22運算出之聚焦錯奸 號FE為0。此外,主射束用光檢測器,於對物透鏡3读光、碟 -36- 200306548 2之記錄面23過近時,聚焦錯誤信號FE為正,且對物透鏡34 距先碟2之記錄面〜過遠時’聚焦錯誤信細為負。 如以上所述,受光部63之主射束用光檢測器川系藉由分 別入射於各受光區域a2’匕,。2, &之各射束點之輸出而獲 得聚焦錯誤信號FE並且獲得再生信號。 一組之各側方射束用光檢測器9 2,9 3檢測被第—繞射光 柵75分割之土1次光中自光碟2射回之光之各受光量,運算此 等」人光之各輸出的差分’而獲得追蹤錯誤信號TE。 如以上所述,光碟裝置以據藉由具有光學系統3〇或光學 系統60之光學拾取褒置3所獲得之聚焦錯誤信⑽及追縱 錯秩信號TE’伺服電路1Q控制透鏡驅動機構,肖由使對物 錢⑽別驅動變位於㈣方向及追縱方向’使射出光合 焦於光碟2之記錄面2&上,自光碟2再生資訊。 如上所述,本發明之光碟裝置1之具有光學系統3〇之光學 拾取裝置3藉由具有複合光學元件32,其係設有:繞射自光 第二繞射光拇46;及將藉由該第二她 Μ射之+ 1次光作為射回光,進—步繞射該射回光之第三 繞射光柵47;即使因周圍溫度變化造成自受發光—雕型元 件31射出之射出光的振盪波長變動,仍可導向適切:位置 上° 統比較,使用不增加零件 ,可使所獲得之聚焦錯誤 因而光碟裝置1與先前之光學系 數量之簡單構造的光學拾取裝置 信號FE的可靠性提高。 具有 光碟裝置!之具有光學系統6〇之光學拾取裝置〕藉由 -37- 200306548 複合光學元件62,直係咬右·妓鱼 / 有.繞射自光碟2射回之光之第二 、丸射光栅76 ;將藉由該第一结 射回光,進-步殖身d—'Γ 繞射之+1次光作為 凡Μ回光之弟二繞射光柵77;及將藉 ==射光柵77所繞射之-1次光作為射回光,將該射 口光刀軎丨丨成4部分之分宝|^ 7 2 之刀口Η夂鏡78,即使因周圍溫度變化造成 :::::,1射出之射出光的振竭變動,仍可導向適 因而光碟裝置1血先前夕伞與么 ,、 之先予糸統比較,使用不增加零件 數$之簡單構造的光學 千 土 衣置,可使所獲得之聚焦錯誤 # #〇FE的可靠性提高。 F置3中由:光碟I置1具備於具有光學系統3〇之光學拾取 光r複合光學元件32分離射出光與射回光,補正 自…—體型元件31射出之射出光之波長變動產生之光 程變動的功能,闵卜μ叮社1组 展王 < 九 因此可使光學零件數量保持在必要最小限 度,間化光學李續夕士婆、生 义口 Γ 先0之構k ’促進小型化’並且降低製造 成本。 因此’光碟裝置1之光學於取奘 , 複合光學元件32,可搓古: "學系統30具有 可靠性。 了^回生產性,降低製造成本,並提高 由於光碟裝置1具傷於具有光學系統6〇之光學拾取裝置3 中’僅以複合光學元件62分離射出光與射回光,補正自光 源61射出之射出光之波長變動產生之光程變 此可使光學零件數量保持 匕’ 心媸、生# 受取”良度,間化光學系統 6〇之構仏,促進小型化,並且降低製造成本。 -38· 200306548 因此,光碟裝置1之光學拾取裝置3内之風 複合光學元件62’可提高生產性,降低制生+系統6〇具有 可靠性。 成本,並提高 光碟裝置1使用具有光學系統30之光 於係形成使用光源與受光元件一體化之心°裝置3時,由 則光學單元,因此可進一步減少零件::光-體型元件 成本的降低。 里,而實現製造 光碟I置1藉由具有光學系統6 〇之光學士 合光學元件62,該複合光學元㈣具有分具有複 光的分割稜鏡78’其與藉由主射束用 哭-射回之 割射束點的形式比較,係在光程上分割射回:之分割線分 受經分割稜鏡78分割之4條射回光之方 ’因此以接 測裔91之各受光區域&,匕,,d2保持在特定大^用光^ 寬主射束用光檢測器之分割位置等上所要求的精穷产而放 二 裝置1可降低光學拾取裝置3之主射束:檢 υ的1造成本’並且於光學拾取裝置3製造步驟中容易 =主射束用光檢測器91之位置調整,可提高所獲得之聚 焦錯誤信號FE的可靠性。 再者,光碟裝置1藉由具有光學系統6〇之光學拾取裝置3 具有第:遮光板64,其係僅將自光源61射出之射出光的有 文光束V向複合光學元件62,遮住入射於複合光學元件62 内之不而要之光,可減少複合光學元件62内之漫射光的亂 反射。光碟裝置1藉由具有光學系統6〇之光學拾取裝置3具 有第二遮光板65,其係僅將透過複合光學元件62之射回光 -39- 200306548 之有效光束導向受光部63,而遮住入射於受光部63之不需 要之光’可提高受光部6 3之光檢測水準的可靠性。 另外’光碟裝置1之具有光學系統6 〇之光學拾取裝置如圖 11及圖12所示,並不限定於具有第一遮光板64及第二遮光 板6 5 ’如亦可於複合光學元件6 2表面塗敷吸收光之塗料, 於複合光學元件62表面蒸鍍不透光之膜,或是將複合光學 元件62之表面予以粗糙化,來遮住不需要之光。 光碟裒置1為求於上述之光學拾取裝置3中獲得聚焦錯誤 L號FE,係採用所謂像散法,不過亦可使用傅科法等其他 檢測方法。 再者光碟I置1不易構成如上述之複合光學元件及複 合光學元件6 2的1個元件時,藉由使各光學元件形成個別地 舁上述相同之配置的光學系統,當然亦可獲得同樣的功能。 口而’以下說明並非藉由複合光學元件32及複合光學元 1们元件構成,而具備使各光學元件形成與上述相同 之配置之光學系統之光學拾取裝置3的構造例。另外,具有 ^述禝合光學元件32或複合光學元件“之光學拾取裝置3 k -、有補正光程變動之光學系統,不過以下例所示之光學 拾取裝置係說明具有補正像散之光學系統例。 石百先,第一例之光學拾取裝置3如圖19所示,具有:自光 碟2再生資訊之光學系統100 ·’及使該光學系統100具有之後 L對:透鏡驅動變位而圖上並未顯示的透鏡驅動機構。以 與1、、月具有光學系統100之光學拾取裝置3,就與具有光 學糸統3G或6〇之光學拾取裝置3共用的構造,則註記共用之 -40 - 200306548 符號並省略其詳細說明。 光學拾取裝置3呈右 甘〆 ,、有之光學系統!〇〇依光程順序具有:光 源1 0 1,其係射出 4、k π , 射九至光碟2 ;繞射光栅102,其係將自 该光源1 0 1射出之射出八 4 Α 6 出九刀剎成3部分;分束器1 03,其係使 被該繞射光柵102分宝彳 使 成3邛分之射出光反射,並且使自光 碟2射回之光透過· ^ 光圈1 〇4,其係將被該分束器1 〇3 反射之射出光聚氺# 4士 ^ 成&疋之數值孔徑NA ;對物透鏡丨05, 其係使被該開σ光圈1G4聚光之射出光聚光於光碟2之記鋒 面23上分割稜鏡1〇6,其係將透過分束器⑼之自光碟2 射回之光分割成4邦八· η β ' σ刀,及受光部107,其係接受被分割稜 鏡1 0 6所分離之射回光。 光源1 0 1如具有自蘇本 目毛先點101 a射出波長約780 nm之雷射 光的半導體雷射。 对 繞射光柵m係將自光源101射出之射出光分割成〇次光 及士1次先寺3部分的繞射元件,射出光之分散方向形成對應 於光碟2的記錄軌道方向。光學系統⑽為求獲得追縱錯誤 信號TE,係以應用所謂之Dpp(差分推挽)法,並以受光部】π 接受被繞射光柵⑽所分割之±1次光,進行追㈣ 構成。 八 分束器⑻係包含第一面103a與第二面咖之呈有透光 性的平行平板構件,並以第-面1〇3a與第二面㈣對自光 源101射出之射出光具有特定角度的方式配置,並以第—面 103a反射自光源1〇1射出之射出光,而導向光碟2側,並且 使被光碟2反射之射回光透過第一面1〇3^及第-面I们& -41 - 200306548 導向分割稜鏡106。 刀束态103藉由自光碟2射回之光通過,於入射於八— 鏡1〇6之射回光上僅賦予 ;刀割稜 „ , χ 寸疋里之保散。分束器M3H由$ 整自光源1 0 1射出之射屮氺十止ά丄士人t 错由调 整對光碟2的散焦。 了輕易調 此時於分束器103之第_而L % 士广 弟面03&上§又有反射自光湄]ηι α 出之射出,,並使自光碟2射回之光透過的半反射鏡面。此 外刀^ 1〇3之乐二面1〇3b上設有補正自光碟2射回之光 之像散量的繞射元件,透過分束器1〇3之射回光之像散旦以 適於聚焦調整的方式補正。此 月里 理特定之全息圖案形成全息元件。使用 二刻處 川王心几件的愔況下 ,且為表面浮雕型全息圖亦 射效率。 ”為閃細化全息圖以提高繞 開口光圈104為求以开)r—垂 勹P以形成4寸定數值孔徑之方式合 光’係配置於以分束哭1 Μ夕馀 轴上。 m3之卜面1G3a反射之射出光的光 對物透鏡1 0 5藉由至少1個凸诱户 1U凸透鏡構成,並以自光源101 射出而被開口光圈104聚伞夕Μ山T g 來光之射出光聚光於光碟2上之方式 酉己置。 如圖2 0及圖2 1所示,公宝丨f扶Λ C\ r DJ矛夂鏡1 06形成概略正四角錐形狀 ,並以於透過分束器103之射回 疋 < 居、點或焦點近旁,射回 光之中心入射於正四角錐之f 月雏之頂角中心的方式配置。分割稜 鏡106位於透過分束器1〇3之射 心耵口先的先程上,並將該射回 光分割成4部分。 -42- 200306548 光 錐 分割稜鏡106係以被繞射光柵102所分割之三射束的〇欠 入射於頂角之方式配置。另外,分割稜鏡丨〇6係以正四角 之底面對以被繞射光栅i 〇2分割之三射束之〇次光光軸直 交的方式配置。 刀軎彳稜鏡1 06係藉由射出成型樹脂材料而形成。另外,形 成分割稜鏡1 06之材料並不限定於樹脂材料,亦可使用具有 玻璃材料等透光性之光學材料,再者,亦可藉由此等光學 材料之組合局部改變材料構造。 女圖22所不,叉光部1〇7具有:接受被繞射光柵⑺2分割 之〇_人光之主射束之概略方形之主射束用光檢測器111 ;及 分別接受被繞射光栅102分割之±1次光之兩個側方射束之 一組概略帶狀之侧方射束用光檢測器112, ιΐ3。受光部1〇7 -置於對應於被刀#彳稜鏡i Q6分割之各射回光的位置。受光 口P 107内配置有位於中央而概略方形之主射束用光檢測器 111亚且分別设有將該主射束用光檢測器⑴爽於其間而 於兩側之、组概略方形之侧方射束用光檢測器m,⑴。 又光口[U 07之主射束用光檢測器⑴具有被彼此直交之一 組㈣線分割成4等分之各受光區域^,b3,。,七。各受 光區或a3 b3 ’ e3 ’ d3内分別照射被分割稜鏡⑽分割成4部 分之各射回光。 叉光部1 0 7之側方射走用氺 町末用光核測态11 2,11 3分別具有被分 割線分割成二等分的香亦 ^ 〇又先E域以,f3、及受光區域g3,h3。 各文光區域e3 ’ 内昭4kL rfe …、射對應於被繞射光栅102所分割之土1 次光之自光碟2射回之光的一 心尤的方,各受光區域g3,h3内照射 -43 - 200306548 對應於被繞射光柵102所分割之±1次光之自弁 2射回之光 的另'一方。 光學拾取裝置3具有之透鏡驅動機構具有;保持對物透鏡 105之透鏡支架;支撐該透鏡支架可於平行於對物透鏡 之光軸之聚焦方向及直交於對物透鏡丨〇 5之光軸之追蹤方 向之二軸方向上變位的支架支撐構件;及藉由電磁力使透 鏡支架驅動變位於二軸方向之電磁驅動部,不過圖上並未 顯示。 透鏡驅動機構依據受光部i 〇 7之主射束用光檢測器丨丨丨檢 測之聚焦錯誤信號及側方射束用光檢測器112,ιΐ3檢測之 追蹤錯誤信號,分別使對物透鏡1〇5驅動變位於聚焦方向及 追蹤方向,使射出光合焦於光碟2之記錄面。的記'錄軌道 上0 具備具有如上之光學系統1〇〇之光學拾取裝置3的光碟裝 置1依據光學拾取裝置3藉由自光碟2射回之光檢測之聚焦 釦决h唬及追蹤錯誤信號,自伺服電路丨〇輸出控制信號至 光學拾取裝置3之二軸致動器,藉由對物透鏡1〇5分別驅動 變位於聚焦方向及追蹤方向,射出光經由對物透鏡1〇5而合 焦於光碟2之所需的記錄軌道上。而後,光碟裝置1藉由芦 號解調電路丨2及錯誤訂正電路13對光學拾取裝置3所讀^ 之化號進行解調處理及錯誤訂正處理後,自介面14輸出再 生信號。 士以下,參照圖式說明具有上述之光學系統1〇〇之光學拾取 衣置3内之射出光及射回光之光程。 -44- 200306548 光碟裝置1自光碟2之記錄面2a再生資訊時,如圖19所示 自光源1 0 1射出之射出光藉由繞射光柵j 〇2分割成包含〇 次光及土1次光的3個射束。被分割成3個射束之射出光以分 束器103之第一面i03a反射,藉由開口光圈1〇4聚光成特定 之數值孔徑,並藉由對物透鏡1〇5而聚光於光碟2的記錄面 2a上。 自光碟2之記錄面2a射回之光以分束器1〇3之第一面1们& 折射,透過分束器103内,以第二面1〇3b折射,進一步補正 像放里,對應於被繞射光栅1〇2所分割之〇次光之射回光入 射於分割稜鏡106的頂角。入射於分割稜鏡1〇6之正四角錐 頂角之射回光藉由分別入射於正四角錐之各周面而分別折 射於各不相同的方向,並被分割成4條射回光,而分別照射 於受光部107之主射束用光檢測器⑴之各受光區域a3,b3 ,C3,旬。此外,對應於被繞射光栅1〇2所分割之土1次光之 透過分束器103之射回光的一方分別照射於受光部1〇7之側 方射束用光檢測器112之各受光區域es,f3,另一方分別照 射於受光部107之側方射束用光檢測器113的各受光區域g3 ,h3 〇 2日守,透過分束器1〇3之射回光入射於分割稜鏡之頂 ==,如圖23B所示,對物透鏡1〇5對光碟2之記錄面。位於 '、、、位置日守,分割稜鏡丨〇6之頂角上入射有形成大致圓形的 射回光。 一另外,射回光入射於分割稜鏡1〇6之頂角時,如圖23 A所 不,對物透鏡105與光碟2之記錄面化過於接近時,對物透 -45- 200306548 鏡1 0 5即偏離合焦位置,因此, 因射回光通過分束器103而 產生之像散,於分割稜鏡i 06之 貝角上入射有長軸形成圖中 右上方之橢圓形的射回光。 τ 射回光入射於分割稜鏡106之頂角時,如圖況所示 物透鏡105距光碟2之記錄面2瑪遠時,對物透鏡⑼即偏離 合焦位置’因此’因射回光通過分束器⑼而產生之 於分割稜鏡106之頂角上入鼾古且& , 月 貝冉上入射有長軸形成圖中左上方之 圓形的射回光。 因此’於對物透鏡105偏離合焦位置的狀態下,射回光入 射於分割稜鏡1〇6之頂角時’分割稜鏡1〇6之彼此相對之兩 組周面X5,x7與周面X6,X8上’係區分成於一組之各周面上 入射射回光之大部分,並且於另一組之各周面上入射極少 的射回光。 亦即,如圖23A所示,形成擴圓形之射回光入射之分㈣ 鏡1〇6上,射回光之大部分入射於一組相對之各周面〜 ,亚且射回光之極少部分入射於一組相對之各周面心,& 。如圖23C所示,形成橢圓形之射回光入射之分割稜鏡_ 上’射回光之大部分入射於一組之各周面&,&,並且射 回光之極少部分入射於一組相對之各周面心,以。 自光碟2射回之光中被繞射光栅1〇2所分割之〇次光分別 入射於分割稜鏡106之各周δχ5,χ6,X” ^而折射於各不 同方向,因此被分割成4條射回光,並分別入射於受光部丨〇7 之主射束用光檢測器111之各受光區域心,、,q,^。 因而,形成圖24A及圖24C所示,主射束用光檢測器ηι -46- 200306548 之彼此相對之兩組各受光區域心,與各受光區域b3,七之 一組之各受光區域接受之受光量變多,並且另一組之各受 光區域接受之受光量變少。 亦即,圖23A所示之橢圓形射回光入射於分割稜鏡1〇6時 ,主射束用光檢測器U1如圖24A所示,相對之各受光區域 a3 ’ c:接受之受光量變多,並且相對之各受光區域匕,七接 受之受光量變少。如圖2 3 c所示之橢圓形射回光入射於分割 棱鏡1。06日守,主射束用光檢測器i丨丨如圖24c所示,相對之各 受光區域b3,d3接受之受光量變乡,並且相對之各受光區 域a3 ’ 4接受之受光量變少。 圖23B所不之圓形射回光入射於分割稜鏡1〇6之頂角時, 主射束用光檢測ϋ1η如圖24β所示,相對之各受光區域^ ,h與各受光區域匕,ι之各受光量相等。 因此,主射束用光檢測器i i i,於各受光區域^h ’ d3分別檢測之各輪屮兔ς。 cu 。 r出為Sa3,Sb3,Sc3,Sd3時,聚焦錯誤 信號FE可如以下所示之公式23計算。 (23) FE-(Sa3 + Sc3)«(Sb3 + Sd3) 亦即’主射束用光檢測器⑴於對物透鏡105對於光碟2之 記錄面2a位於合焦位置時’藉由公式23運算出之聚焦錯誤 信號FE為〇。此外,主私未m , 射束用光檢測器111於對物透鏡1 05 與光碟2之記錄面2a過近時,取 ^ ^ I焦錯誤信號FE為正,且對物 透鏡1 0 5距光碟2之印錄& οi ° a過运時,聚焦錯誤信號FE為負。 如以上所述,受光部1〇7 <主射束用光檢測器111係藉由 -47、 200306548 受光區域&3, w各射束點之輸出而 獲传聚焦錯誤信物並且獲得再生信號。 ^外組之各側方射束用光檢測器112 ’ 113以各受光 區域e3,f3,g3,h3接受 所分割之±i次光之各受4射回之光中被繞射光栅102 因此’側方射束用光檢測器⑴’⑴之各受光區域e3,f3 ’ §3’ h3分別檢測之各輪出為Se3, Sf3, Sg3, Sh3時,追蹤 錯誤信號ΤΕ^下所示以式24計算。 TE = (Sa3 + Sc3)-(Sb3 + Sd3) -a((Se3-Sf3) + (Sg3-Sh3)) · · · · (24) 八有如上構造之光學系統丨〇〇的光學拾取裝置3可藉由分 束益103之第二面103b適切補正像散量,可藉由分割稜鏡 106將射回光分割成4部分’因此可將射回光適切地導向受 光部107之各受光區域。 其次’第二例之光學拾取裝置3如圖25所示,具有:自光 碟2再生資訊之光學系統12〇;及使該光學系統12〇具有之後 述對物透鏡驅動變位之圖上未顯示的透鏡驅動機構。以下 成明具有光學系統丨2〇之光學拾取裝置3,不過就與具有光 學系統1 00之光學拾取裝置3共用的構造,係註記共用符號 並省略其詳細說明。 光學拾取裝置3具有之光學系統1 2〇依光程順序具有:光 源1 0 1 ’其係射出雷射光至光碟2上;繞射光栅1 02,其係將 自該光源101射出之射出光分割成3部分;分束器123,其係 -48- 200306548 刀離被、vo射光柵】02分割成3部分之射出光與自光碟2射回 之光的光& ’開σ光圈! 〇4,其係將被分束器⑵分離之射 出光聚光成特定之數值孔徑ΝΑ,·對物透鏡1〇5,其係使被 該開口光圈1〇4聚光之射出光聚光於光碟2之記錄面2a上; 分割棱鏡1〇6 ’其係將通過分束器123之自光碟2射回之光分 割成4部分;及受光部1〇7,其係接受被分割棱鏡ι〇6所分離 之射回光。 分束器123係包含第一面123a與第二面12补之具有透光 性的平行平板構件,並以第—面仙與第二面123b對自光 源101射出之射出光具有特定角度的方式配置,並以第一面 123a反射自光源101射出之雷射光,而導向光碟^側,並且 使被光碟2反射之射回光透過第一面咖並以第二㈣几 反=,再透過第一面123a而導向分割稜鏡1〇6。分束器123 之第二面123b形成全反射面’該第二面咖如以蒸鍍反射 膜等方式形成,而全反射射回光。 分束器123藉由自光碟2射回之光通過,於入射於分判稜 鏡⑽之射回光上僅賦予特定量之像散。分束器123藉由調 整自光源101射出之射出光之光軸方向的位置,即可輕Each light receiving area I of the phase detection beam is detected by light I: The diffraction light diffracted by the diffraction grating 77 is incident on the split prism ^, as shown in FIG. 17B, the objective lens 34 and the optical disc 2 When the recording surface h is located at two positions, diffracted light forming a substantially circular shape is incident on the vertex of the division 稜鏡 78. -34- 200306548 In addition, when the diffracted light is incident on the top angle of the segment 稜鏡 78, as shown in Figure 7A, when the objective lens 34 and the recording surface 2a of the disc 2 are too close, the objective lens 34 deviates from the in-focus position. Therefore, due to the astigmatism generated by the diffracted light passing through the composite optical element 62, a diffracted light with a long axis forming the upper right of the figure is incident on the top angle of the division 稜鏡 78. When the diffracted light is incident on the top angle of the division 稜鏡 78, as shown in FIG. 17c, when the objective lens 34 is too far away from the recording surface 2a of the optical disc 2, the objective lens 34 deviates from the focal position. The astigmatism generated by the composite optical element 62 is incident on the top angle of the division 稜鏡 78 with a long axis forming an elliptical diffracted light in the upper left of the figure. At this point, in the state where the objective lens 34 is deviated from the in-focus position, the technical light is incident on the top corner of the division 稜鏡 78, and the phases of the division 稜鏡 78 are in phase with each other: two sets of peripheral surfaces X1 ′ X3 and peripheral surfaces X2 On X4, it is divided into most of the incident diffracted light on the peripheral surfaces of the-group and very little incident diffracted light on the peripheral surfaces of the other group. That is, as shown in FIG. ΠA, the elliptical diffracted light incident on the mirror 78 is formed. The majority of the diffracted light is incident on a set of opposite peripheral surfaces Xi, and a small part of the diffracted light is incident on the -group opposite The respective peripheral surfaces χ2, χ3. In addition, as shown in Fig. M, the elliptical diffracted light incident on the division 稜鏡 78, most of the diffracted light is incident on a group of relatively long time, and a very small part of the diffracted light is incident on the two opposite groups of X ; 'X4 The self-light 1 of the 0th light divided by the first diffraction grating 75 χ3 The second diffraction grating 76 is diffracted to form -1 light, and the light of the second mouth u is used to divide the 稜鏡Weeks of 78 :: Light is incident 3 and refracted in different directions -35- 200306548 Because of this, it is divided into 4 pieces of returning light 'and is incident on the main beam photodetector 9 1 Each light receiving area a2, dagger, C2, ^. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 18A and FIG. 18C, the two light receiving areas a2, e2 and the light receiving areas h, 4 of the two sets of the main beam measuring device 91 facing each other are changed. And the amount of light received by each light receiving area of the other group becomes smaller. That is, when the elliptical diffracted light shown in FIG. 17A is incident on the division 稜鏡 78, the main beam photodetector 91 is as shown in FIG. 1δA *, and the respective light-receiving regions ^ 'c2 receives a larger amount of received light' and In contrast, each light-receiving area receives 2: the amount of light received is reduced. The elliptical diffracted light as shown in FIG. 17C is incident on the dividing edge. • On the 78th day, the photodetector 91 for the main beam receives light as shown in the area ™, and the amount of light received by each C2 becomes smaller. When the circular diffracted light shown in FIG. 17B is incident on the top angle of the division 稜鏡 78, as shown in FIG. 18B, the main beam photodetector 91 is opposite to each light receiving area a, and each light receiving area h, Cb. Each received light amount is equal. 2 Therefore, in the photodetector 91 for the main beam, each light receiving area ... D, C, and the output detected by each is Sa2, called,%, when called, the focus error 2 4 Lu No. FE can be shown as the following formula 22 Calculation. , (22) FE = (Sa2 + Sc2). (Sb2 + Sd2) That is, when the main beam photodetector 91 is at the focus position of the objective lens 34 and the recording surface 2a of the disc 2 by The focus error number FE calculated by Equation 22 is zero. In addition, when the main beam photodetector reads the objective lens 3 and the recording surface 23 of disc-36-200306548 2 is too close, the focus error signal FE is positive and the objective lens 34 is recorded from the first disc 2 When the surface is too far away, the focus error message is negative. As described above, the photodetectors for main beams of the light receiving section 63 are incident on the respective light receiving regions a2 ', respectively. 2, & output of each beam spot to obtain a focus error signal FE and a reproduction signal. Each side beam of a group uses light detectors 9 2 and 9 3 to detect the respective amounts of light received by the light reflected from the optical disc 2 among the primary light divided by the first diffraction grating 75, and calculates these light values. The difference of each output 'is obtained to obtain the tracking error signal TE. As described above, the optical disc device controls the lens driving mechanism based on the focus error signal and the tracking error rank signal TE 'servo circuit 1Q obtained by the optical pickup device 3 having the optical system 30 or the optical system 60. Xiao By changing the driving direction of the object money to the direction of "tracking and tracking", the emitted light is focused on the recording surface 2 & of the optical disc 2, and information is reproduced from the optical disc 2. As described above, the optical pickup device 3 having the optical system 30 of the optical disc device 1 of the present invention has a composite optical element 32, which is provided with: a second diffracted light thumb 46 diffracted from light; and The second light emitted by the second + 1 time is used as the return light, and the third diffraction grating 47 that diffracts the return light further; even if the self-receiving light is caused by the ambient temperature change-the light emitted by the carved element 31 The fluctuation of the oscillation wavelength can still be guided appropriately: the position is compared with the system, the use of no additional parts can make the focus error obtained. Therefore, the reliability of the optical pickup device signal FE with a simple structure of the optical disc device 1 and the previous optical coefficient amount improve. With optical disc device! Optical pickup device with optical system 60] With -37- 200306548 composite optical element 62, it directly bites the right prostitute / yes. Diffraction of light from the second disc, the second pill The diffraction grating 76 will use the first junction to return the light, and further advance the d—'Γ diffraction +1 times of light as the second diffraction grating 77 of the M return light; and will borrow == 射The -1 times of light diffracted by the grating 77 is used as the returning light, and the light beam at the exit port is divided into four parts | ^ 7 2 knife port mirror 78, even if the ambient temperature changes :::: :, The exhaust change of the emitted light from 1 can still be guided. Therefore, the optical disc device is equipped with a Umbrella, and compared with the previous system. It uses a simple structure of the optical fiber without adding parts. , The reliability of the obtained focus error # # 〇FE can be improved. F set 3 is caused by: optical disc I set 1 is provided in the optical pickup light r composite optical element 32 having an optical system 30 to separate the emitted light and the returned light, and to correct the wavelength variation of the emitted light emitted from the body element 31 The function of changing the optical path, Min Bu μ Dingsha Group 1 exhibition leader < IX Therefore can keep the number of optical parts to the minimum necessary, interspersed optics Li Xu Xi Shipo, Sheng Yikou Γ first 0 structure k 'promote Miniaturize 'and reduce manufacturing costs. Therefore, the optical of the optical disc device 1 can be obtained, and the composite optical element 32 can be used: "The learning system 30 has reliability. In order to reduce the production cost, reduce the manufacturing cost, and improve the optical disc device 1 which is damaged in the optical pickup device 3 with the optical system 60 'only the composite optical element 62 separates the emitted light and the returned light, and corrects the emission from the light source 61 The change of the optical path caused by the change in the wavelength of the emitted light can keep the number of optical parts at a high level, and the structure of the optical system 60 can be interspersed to promote miniaturization and reduce manufacturing costs. 38 · 200306548 Therefore, the wind composite optical element 62 ′ in the optical pickup device 3 of the optical disc device 1 can improve productivity and reduce the reliability of the production + system 60. Cost and increase the use of the optical disc device 1 with the optical system 30 When the light system is formed using the integrated light source and the light receiving element, the device 3 uses an optical unit, which can further reduce parts: the cost of the light-body component is reduced, and the manufacturing of the optical disc I is set to 1 by having Optical system 60 optical combination optical element 62, the composite optical element has a split beam with a complex light 78 ', and the main beam with a crying-returning split beam The comparison of the forms is based on the division of the beam back on the optical path: the division line is divided by the 4 beams of the back beam divided by the division 稜鏡 78. Therefore, each of the light receiving areas of the test line 91 &, dagger, d2 Keeping the required fine yield at the division position of the photodetector for the wide main beam ^ wide main beam, etc., and putting the second device 1 can reduce the main beam of the optical pickup device 3: 1 caused by the detection In the manufacturing steps of the optical pickup device 3, it is easy to adjust the position of the main beam photodetector 91, which can improve the reliability of the obtained focus error signal FE. Furthermore, the optical disc device 1 has an optical system 60. The optical pickup device 3 has a first light shielding plate 64, which only directs the light beam V emitted from the light source 61 toward the composite optical element 62, and blocks unnecessary light incident into the composite optical element 62. Reduces the scattered reflection of the diffused light in the composite optical element 62. The optical disc device 1 has a second light shielding plate 65 by an optical pickup device 3 having an optical system 60, which only returns the light transmitted through the composite optical element 62 to -39. -200306548 the effective light beam is directed to the light receiving section 63, and The “unnecessary light incident on the light receiving unit 63” can improve the reliability of the light detection level of the light receiving unit 63. In addition, the optical pickup device having the optical system 6 of the optical disc device 1 is shown in FIGS. 11 and 12, It is not limited to having the first light-shielding plate 64 and the second light-shielding plate 6 5 ′. For example, a light-absorbing coating may be coated on the surface of the composite optical element 62, and an opaque film may be vapor-deposited on the surface of the composite optical element 62, or The surface of the composite optical element 62 is roughened to block unnecessary light. The optical disc set 1 is used to obtain the focusing error L number FE in the optical pickup device 3 described above. The so-called astigmatism method is used, but also Other detection methods such as the Foucault method can be used. Moreover, when the optical disc I is set to 1, it is not easy to constitute one element of the composite optical element and the composite optical element 62 as described above. Of course, by forming each optical element to form an optical system with the same configuration as described above, of course, the same can be obtained. Features. In the following description, a configuration example of the optical pickup device 3 not including the composite optical element 32 and the composite optical element 1 but having an optical system in which each optical element has the same arrangement as described above is described. In addition, the optical pickup device 3 k with the above-mentioned combined optical element 32 or composite optical element, and an optical system having a correction optical path variation, but the optical pickup device shown in the following example is an optical system having a correction astigmatism Example: Shi Baixian, the optical pickup device 3 of the first example, as shown in FIG. 19, has: an optical system 100 that reproduces information from the optical disc 2; Lens drive mechanism not shown. For the optical pickup device 3 with optical system 100 and 1, and the optical pickup device 3 with optical system 3G or 60, note the shared -40-200306548 The symbol and its detailed description are omitted. The optical pickup device 3 is right-handed, and there is an optical system! 〇〇 According to the order of the optical path, it has a light source 101, which emits 4, k π, and 9 to the optical disc 2; The diffraction grating 102 is configured to emit eight 4 Α 6 and nine blade brakes emitted from the light source 1 0 1 into three parts; the beam splitter 1 03 is divided into three by the diffraction grating 102. The emitted light reflects and The light returned by the optical disc 2 passes through the aperture 1 〇4, which is a light beam that will be reflected by the beam splitter 1 〇3, and the numerical aperture NA of the & 对 objective lens, 05, It splits the light emitted from the disc 2 through the beam splitter and divides it into 4 by focusing the output light condensed by the open σ aperture 1G4 on the recording surface 23 of the disc 2 and splitting it into 4 Bangba · η β 'σ knife, and light receiving unit 107, which receives the reflected light separated by the segmented 稜鏡 1 06. The light source 1 0 1 has an emission wavelength of about 780 nm from the first point 101a of Sumotome. The semiconductor laser of the laser light. The diffraction grating m is a diffraction element that divides the light emitted from the light source 101 into 0th order light and 1st order of the first temple. The scattered direction of the emitted light corresponds to the optical disc 2 The direction of the recording track. To obtain the tracking error signal TE in the optical system, the so-called Dpp (differential push-pull) method is used, and the light receiving section] π receives the light divided by the diffraction grating ⑽ once. The eight-beam splitter is a parallel flat member that includes a first surface 103a and a second surface and is transparent. The first surface 103a and the second surface 配置 are arranged in such a way that the light emitted from the light source 101 has a specific angle, and the first surface 103a reflects the light emitted from the light source 101 and is guided to the disc 2 side. And the reflected light reflected by the optical disc 2 is transmitted through the first surface 103 and the first surface I & -41-200306548 and guided to the division 稜鏡 106. The knife beam state 103 passes the light reflected from the optical disc 2 to pass , On the returning light incident on the eight-mirror 106, it is only given; the cutting edge „, χ inch 疋 li to keep away. Beamsplitter M3H is adjusted from the light source 1 0 1 shot by ten people, and you can adjust the defocus of disc 2 by mistake. In order to easily adjust the beam splitter 103 at this time, and L% Shi Guangdi face 03 & there is reflected from the light Mae] η α out, and make the light reflected from the disc 2 half transmitted Mirror surface. In addition, a diffractive element that corrects the amount of astigmatism of the light returned from the optical disc 2 is provided on the second side 103b of the music of the knife ^ 103, and the astigmatism of the light returned through the beam splitter 10 is suitable. For focus adjustment. This month, specific holographic patterns form holographic elements. In the case of using two pieces of Chuan Wang's heart, it is also a surface relief type hologram. "To refine the hologram to increase the aperture around the aperture 104 (opening)) r-vertical 勹 P to form a 4-inch fixed numerical aperture to combine light 'is arranged on the remaining axis of 1 M with beam splitting. M3 The light-to-object lens 1 0 5 reflected by the light surface 1G3a is composed of at least one convex 1U convex lens, and is emitted from the light source 101 and is emitted by the opening aperture 104 and the umbrella M mountain T g comes out of the light. The light is condensed on the disc 2. As shown in Figure 20 and Figure 21, the public treasure f Λ C \ r DJ spear mirror 1 06 forms a roughly regular quadrangular pyramid shape, and is used for transmission. The beam returning beam of the beam splitter 103 is located near the home, point, or focal point, and the center of the beam of returning light is arranged so as to be incident on the center of the vertex angle of the regular quadrangular pyramid f. The split beam 106 is located through the beam splitter 103. Shoot the heart first, and divide the return light into four parts. -42- 200306548 Light cone division 稜鏡 106 is made by the under-incidence of the three beams divided by the diffraction grating 102 into the top corner. In addition, the division 稜鏡 〇6 is faced with the bottom of the positive four corners and is divided into three times by the diffraction beam i 〇2. The light and optical axes are arranged orthogonally. The blade 1 06 is formed by injection molding a resin material. In addition, the material forming the division 1 06 is not limited to a resin material, and a transparent material such as a glass material may be used. Optical optical materials, and furthermore, the material structure can be locally changed by the combination of such optical materials. As shown in the figure of Fig. 22, the cross light unit 107 has the following functions: _2, which is divided by the diffraction grating ⑺2. The main beam is a square-shaped main beam for a light detector 111; and one of two side beams, each of which receives a side beam of ± 1st order divided by the diffraction grating 102, is used for a side beam of a roughly band shape Photodetector 112, ιΐ3. Light receiving section 107-placed at a position corresponding to each of the reflected light divided by the blade # 彳 稜鏡 i Q6. The light receiving port P 107 is provided with a centrally-shaped, roughly square main beam The photodetector 111 is provided with a photodetector m, ⑴, which is a side beam with a roughly square group on both sides of the photodetector for the main beam. The photodetector for the main beam of 07 is divided into four equal parts by a group of lines orthogonal to each other. Light-receiving area ^, b3, ..., 7. Each light-receiving area or a3 b3 'e3' d3 irradiates each of the returned light divided into four parts by the segmentation and division. The side light part of the light-emitting part 10 7 At the end of Takimachi, the photon states 11 2 and 11 3 respectively have the incense that is divided into two halves by the dividing line, and then the E domain, f3, and the light receiving areas g3, h3. Within each light area e3 ' Zhao 4kL rfe…, a single beam of light corresponding to the primary light of the soil divided by the diffraction grating 102, and the light returned from the disc 2 is irradiated within each light receiving area g3, h3 -43-200306548 corresponding to the The other side of the light that has been divided by the radiation grating 102 from the ± 1 order of light and returned by the chirped light 2. The lens driving mechanism provided in the optical pickup device 3 has: a lens holder holding the objective lens 105; supporting the lens holder can be parallel to the focusing direction parallel to the optical axis of the objective lens and perpendicular to the optical axis of the objective lens 05 A bracket support member that is displaced in the two-axis direction of the tracking direction; and an electromagnetic drive portion that changes the lens holder drive to the two-axis direction by electromagnetic force, but it is not shown in the figure. The lens driving mechanism makes the objective lens 1 according to the focus error signal detected by the main beam photodetector of the light receiving unit i 〇7 and the tracking error signal detected by the side beam photodetectors 112 and ι3. The 5 driving variable is located in the focusing direction and the tracking direction, so that the emitted light is focused on the recording surface of the optical disc 2. Recording on track 0. An optical disc device 1 having an optical pickup device 3 having the above-mentioned optical system 100. The optical pickup device 3 determines the hue and tracking error signals based on the optical pickup device 3's focus detection by the light emitted from the optical disc 2. From the servo circuit, the control signal is output to the two-axis actuator of the optical pickup device 3. The objective lens 105 is driven to change the focus direction and the tracking direction, and the emitted light is combined via the objective lens 105. Focus on the required recording track of disc 2. Then, the optical disc device 1 performs demodulation processing and error correction processing on the digits read by the optical pickup device 3 through the demodulation circuit 2 and the error correction circuit 13, and outputs a reproduction signal from the interface 14. In the following, the optical paths of the emitted light and the returned light in the optical pickup 100 having the optical system 100 described above will be described with reference to the drawings. -44- 200306548 When the optical disc device 1 reproduces information from the recording surface 2a of the optical disc 2, as shown in FIG. 19, the light emitted from the light source 1 0 1 is divided by the diffraction grating j 〇2 into the light and soil 1 time. 3 beams of light. The emitted light, which is divided into three beams, is reflected by the first surface i03a of the beam splitter 103, condenses into a specific numerical aperture by the opening aperture 104, and is condensed by the objective lens 105. On the recording surface 2a of the optical disc 2. The light returned from the recording surface 2a of the optical disc 2 is refracted by the first side 1 of the beam splitter 103 and passed through the beam splitter 103 and refracted by the second side 103b to further correct the image. The reflected light corresponding to the 0th order light divided by the diffraction grating 102 is incident on the top angle of the division chirp 106. The reflected light incident on the apex of the regular quadrangular pyramid of the division 稜鏡 106 is refracted in different directions by being incident on the peripheral surfaces of the regular quadrangular pyramid, respectively, and is divided into four reflected light. Each of the light-receiving regions a3, b3, and C3 of the main beam photodetector ⑴ irradiated to the light-receiving unit 107. In addition, one side corresponding to the primary light transmitted through the beam splitter 103 by the primary light divided by the diffraction grating 102 is irradiated to each of the side beam photodetectors 112 of the light receiving unit 107. The light-receiving areas es, f3, and the other are irradiated to the light-receiving areas g3, h3 of the side-beam photodetector 113 of the light-receiving section 107, respectively, and the reflected light transmitted through the beam splitter 103 is incident on the division The top of ===, as shown in FIG. 23B, the objective lens 105 is facing the recording surface of the optical disc 2. Located at the position of the sun guard, the apex angle of the division 稜鏡 〇 06 is incident with a return light forming a substantially circular shape. In addition, when the reflected light is incident on the apex angle of the division 6106, as shown in FIG. 23A, when the recording surface of the objective lens 105 and the optical disc 2 are too close, the objective lens-45- 200306548 lens 1 0 5 is out of focus, so the astigmatism caused by the returning light passing through the beam splitter 103 enters the ellipse of the upper right in the figure with the long axis incident on the angle of division of 稜鏡 i 06. Light. When the τ incident light is incident on the top angle of the segmentation 稜鏡 106, as shown in the picture, when the objective lens 105 is 2 m away from the recording surface of the disc 2, the objective lens 偏离 deviates from the focal position 'hence'. Generated by the beam splitter ⑼ at the top corner of the segment 稜鏡 106, the ancient light &, Moonbeam is incident on the long axis to form a circular return light at the upper left in the figure. Therefore, 'in the state where the objective lens 105 deviates from the in-focus position, when the reflected light is incident on the top angle of the division 稜鏡 106,' the two sets of peripheral surfaces X5, x7, and perimeter of the division 稜鏡 106 that are opposite to each other. On the planes X6 and X8, it is distinguished that most of the incident light is incident on the peripheral surfaces of one group, and very little incident light is incident on the peripheral surfaces of the other group. That is, as shown in FIG. 23A, a rounded reflecting light incident on the splitter mirror 106 is formed, and most of the reflected light is incident on a set of opposite peripheral surfaces ~, and the reflected light A very small part is incident on a set of opposite circumferential centers, &. As shown in FIG. 23C, most of the reflected light incident on the segment 稜鏡 _, which forms the ellipse, is incident on the peripheral surfaces of a group &, and a small part of the incident light is incident on A set of relative faces centered around. The 0th-order light divided by the diffraction grating 10 in the light returned from the optical disc 2 is incident on the respective circles δχ5, χ6, X ″ of the division 稜鏡 106 and refracted in different directions, so it is divided into 4 The light beams are returned and incident on the respective light receiving regions of the main beam photodetector 111 of the light receiving unit 111, q, ^. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 24A and FIG. 24C, the main beam Photodetectors η -46- 200306548 The two groups of light receiving areas opposite to each other, the amount of light received by each light receiving area of each of the light receiving areas b3, one of the seven groups becomes larger, and the light received by each light receiving area of the other group That is, when the elliptical retro-reflection light shown in FIG. 23A is incident on the division 稜鏡 106, the main beam photodetector U1 is shown in FIG. 24A, and the respective light receiving areas a3'c: Accept The amount of received light is increased, and the amount of received light is smaller than that of each light receiving area. As shown in Figure 2 3c, the elliptical reflected light is incident on the split prism 1. On the 06th, the main beam uses a light detector. i 丨 丨 As shown in FIG. 24c, the amount of light received by each light receiving area b3, d3 becomes local, and In contrast, the amount of light received by each light-receiving area a3 ′ 4 becomes smaller. When the circular reflected light shown in FIG. 23B is incident on the apex angle of the division 稜鏡 106, the main beam light detection ϋ1η is shown in FIG. 24β, In contrast, each light receiving area ^, h is equal to each light receiving area d, and each light receiving amount is equal. Therefore, the main beam is detected by the light detector iii, and each wheel ς is detected in each light receiving area ^ h 'd3. Cu When r is Sa3, Sb3, Sc3, or Sd3, the focus error signal FE can be calculated as shown in Equation 23 below. (23) FE- (Sa3 + Sc3) «(Sb3 + Sd3), which is 'for main beam' The photodetector is located when the objective lens 105 is located at the in-focus position on the recording surface 2a of the optical disc 2. The focus error signal FE calculated by the formula 23 is 0. In addition, the main and private beams are m, and the photodetector 111 is used for the beam. When the objective lens 105 and the recording surface 2a of the optical disc 2 are too close, the error signal FE of ^ ^ I is taken to be positive, and the recording of the objective lens 105 from the optical disc 2 is & The focus error signal FE is negative. As described above, the light receiving section 107 < the main beam photodetector 111 uses -47, 200306548 light receiving area & 3 , w The output of each beam point is used to obtain a focus error signal and a reproduction signal is obtained. ^ The side beams of the outer group use light detectors 112 '113 and each of the light receiving areas e3, f3, g3, h3 to receive the divided The gratings 102 are diffracted in each of the 4 times of the light returned by ± i order of light. Therefore, each of the light receiving areas e3, f3 '§3' h3 of the 'side beam photodetector ⑴' 分别 is detected as When Se3, Sf3, Sg3, Sh3, the tracking error signal TE is calculated as shown in Equation 24 below. TE = (Sa3 + Sc3)-(Sb3 + Sd3) -a ((Se3-Sf3) + (Sg3-Sh3)) · · · (24) Eight optical systems constructed as above The astigmatism can be appropriately corrected by the second surface 103b of the beam splitting 103, and the reflected light can be divided into 4 parts by the division 稜鏡 106. Therefore, the returned light can be appropriately guided to each light receiving area of the light receiving section 107. . Secondly, as shown in FIG. 25, the second example of the optical pickup device 3 includes: an optical system 12o that reproduces information from the optical disc 2; and the optical system 12o is provided with a driving displacement of the objective lens described later, which is not shown in the figure. Lens driving mechanism. In the following, the optical pickup device 3 having the optical system 20 is adopted. However, the common structure with the optical pickup device 3 having the optical system 100 is denoted by common symbols and detailed explanations thereof are omitted. The optical system 1 20 of the optical pickup device 3 has, in the order of the optical path, a light source 1 0 1 ′ which emits laser light onto the optical disc 2 and a diffraction grating 10 02 which divides the emitted light emitted from the light source 101. Into 3 parts; beam splitter 123, which is -48- 200306548 knife quilt, vo-ray grating] 02 divided into 3 parts of the emitted light and the light returned from the disc 2 light & 'open σ aperture! 〇4, which focuses the output light separated by the beam splitter 成 into a specific numerical aperture NA, · objective lens 105, which focuses the output light condensed by the opening aperture 104 On the recording surface 2a of the optical disc 2; the division prism 106 'divides the light returned from the optical disc 2 through the beam splitter 123 into 4 parts; and the light receiving unit 107 receives the divided prism ι. The separated light returns to light. The beam splitter 123 is a parallel flat plate member including a first surface 123a and a second surface 12 supplemented by light transmission, and the first surface and the second surface 123b have a specific angle to the light emitted from the light source 101. It is configured to reflect the laser light emitted from the light source 101 with the first surface 123a, and guide the laser light to the side of the optical disc, and make the reflected light reflected by the optical disc 2 pass through the first surface and reflect with the second angle, and then pass through the first One side 123a leads to division 稜鏡 106. The second surface 123b of the beam splitter 123 forms a total reflection surface. The second surface is formed by, for example, a vapor-deposited reflective film, and the total reflection reflects light. The beam splitter 123 passes the light reflected from the optical disc 2 and imparts only a certain amount of astigmatism to the light reflected from the incident prism ⑽. By adjusting the position of the beam splitter 123 in the optical axis direction of the emitted light from the light source 101,

整對光碟2的散焦。 I 此時於分束器123之第一面123a上設有反射自光源101射 出之射出光,並使自光碟2射回之光透過的半反射鏡面。此 外’分束器123之第一面123&之自光碟2射回之光的射出區 域内設有補正自光碟2射回之光之像散量的繞射元件,透過 分束器123之射回光之像散量以適於聚焦調整的方式補正 -49- 200306548 。此種繞射元件亦可藉由蝕刻處理特定之全息圖宰开)成 息元件d吏用全息元件的情況下,宜為表面浮雕型全息丨丨 ’亦可為閃耀化全息圖以提高繞射效率。 如圖20及圖21所示’分割稜鏡1〇6形成概略正四角錐料 ’並㈣透過分束器123之射回光之焦點或焦點近旁,射^ 光之中心入射於正四角錐之頂角中心的方式配置。分宝“,, 鏡1〇6位於通過分束器123之射回光的光程上,並將該射: 光分割成4部分。 具備具有如上之光學系統120之光學拾取裝置3的光碟裝 置1依據光學拾取裝置3藉由自光碟2射回之光檢測之〒焦 錯誤信號及追蹤錯誤信號,自伺服電路1〇輸出控制信:: 光學拾取裝置3之二軸致動器,藉由對物透鏡1〇5分別驅動 、交位於聚焦方向及追蹤方向,射出光經由對物透鏡1 而合 焦於光碟2之所需的記錄軌道上。而後,光碟裝置丨藉由^ 號解調電路12及錯誤訂正電路13對光學拾取裝置3所讀取 之信號進行解調處理及錯誤訂正處理後,自介面丨4輪=再 生信號。 以下,參照圖式說明具有上述之光學系統12〇之光學拾取 衣置j内之射出光及射回光之光程。 光碟裝置1自光碟2之記錄面2a再生資訊時,如圖22所示 ,自光源1 〇 1射出之射出光藉由繞射光栅1 02分割成包含〇 次光及土1次光的3個射束。被分割成3個射束之射出光以分 束态123之第一面i23a反射,藉由開口光圈1〇4聚光成特定 之數值孔徑,並藉由對物透鏡1〇5而聚光於光碟2的記錄面 -50- 200306548 2a上。 自光碟2之記錄面2a射回之光以分束器123之第一面i23a 折射並透過分束器123内’而被第二面12儿反射,於與第一 面123 a之入射區域不同之射出區域中補正像散量並且透過 ,對應於被繞射光栅1 0 2所分割之〇次光之射回光入射於分 割稜鏡106的頂角。入射於分割稜鏡1〇6之正四角錐頂角之 射回光藉自分別入射於正四角錐之各周^分別折射於各 不相同的方向,並被分割成4條射回光,而分別照射於受光 部107之主射束用光檢測器lu之各受光區域h,eg,七 。此外,對應於被繞射光柵102所分割之±1次光之透過分束3 器123之射回光的一方分別照射於受光部1〇7之側方射束用 光檢測器U2之各受光區域e3, f3 ’另一方分別照射於受光 部1〇7之側方射束用光檢測器113的各受光區域… 具有如上構造之光學系統12〇的光學拾取裝置何 於分束器123之第一面12h夕Μ山r 曰由口又 域内之繞射元件適切 ,可藉由分割稜鏡106將射回光 因::將:回光適切地導向受光物之各受光區域。 /、人#二例之光學拾取裝置3如圖2 碟2再生資訊之光學系統13。,·及使該光學系統"。:古自先 述對物透鏡驅動變位 /、、 /、有之後 "夂1圓上未顯示的 說明具有光學系統130之光學拾取裝置3, 一 。以下 學系統1。。之光學拾取裝置3共用的: :::二有光 並省略其詳細說明。 °记/、用付號 光學拾取裝置3具有之 予示、、死130依先程順序具有··光 -51 - 200306548 源101’其係射出雷射光至光碟2上;繞射光栅1〇2,其係將 自該光源HH射出之射出光分割成3部分;分束器133,其係 刀離被繞射光才冊1 〇 9八堂丨A、q、 尤樹丨ϋ2刀剎成3部分之射出光與自光碟2射回 之光的光程;開口 φ! n/1 ^ ^ 一 九圈104,其係將被分束器133分離之射 出光聚光成特定之數值孔徑NA ;對物透鏡⑽,其係使被 該開口光圈104聚光之射出光聚光於光碟2之記錄面2&上; 分割稜鏡1〇6,其係將透過分束器133之自光碟2射回之光分 割成4部分;及受光物,其係接受被分割稜鏡1〇6所分離 之射回光。 分束器133係包合·楚 — 3 ·罘一面133a ;對該第一面133a平行之 第一面13扑,於第一面133&及第二面13 3b之間,對射出光 之光軸僅傾斜特定角度之第三面133。;與第一面及第 一面133b直父之第四面n3d;及與第三面概略平行之 第五面133e之具有透光性的構件。分束器⑴以第—面⑴& 與第二面133b對自光源⑻射出之射出光概略直交的方式 配置,使自光源101射出之射出光透過第一面i33a,以第三 面133c反射,亚透過第四面n3d而導向光碟^侧,並且使被 光碟2反射之射回光透過第四面n3d及第三面^虹,以第五 面133e反射,亚透過第_面13;^之射出區域而導向分割棱 鏡 1 0 6 〇 刀束為133之弟五面入g Μ* ^ 形成全反射面,该弟五面133e如 以条鑛反射膜等方式形点、 .^ ώί ώΐ » 八〜成,而全反射射回光。 分束器133藉由自朵石T ^ Λ ,, 曰元释2射回之光通過,於入射於分割稜 鏡106之射回光上僅賦予特定量之像散。分束器133藉由調 -52- 200306548 整自光源⑼射出之射出光之光軸方向的位置 整對光碟2的散焦。 」早二易调 此才於刀束為133之第三面133〇上設有反射自光源1 出之=出,,並使自光碟2射回之光透過的半反射鏡面。此 夕卜’分:為133之第-面133a之自光碟2射回之光的射 域内設有補正自光碟2射回之光之像散量的繞射元件,透; 分束裔1土33之射回光之像散量以適於聚焦調整的方= 。此種繞射元件亦可蕤,名 處特定之全息圖案形成全 1自H亦,使用全息元件的情況下’宜為表面浮雕型 王息圖,亦可為閃耀化全息圖以提高繞射效率。 如圖20及圖21所示,分割稜鏡1〇6形成概略 :並:於通過分束器⑴之射回光之焦點或焦點近旁,射1 先之中心入射於正四角錐之頂角中心的方式配置。分割稜 鏡106位於通過分束器133 光分割成4部分。 ㈣先的先私上,亚將該射回 具備具有如上之光學系統130之光學拾取裝置3的光碑事 置二據光學拾取裝置3藉由自光碟2射回之光檢測之聚焦 錯决L號及追縱錯誤信號,自飼服電路10輸出控制信號至 :學拾取裝置3之二軸致動器,藉由對物透鏡1〇5分別驅動 艾位於聚焦方向及追蹤方向’射出光經由對物透鏡1〇5而合 焦於光碟2之所需的記錄執道上。光碟裝置i藉由信號解調 电路12及錯誤訂正電路13對光學拾取裝置3所讀取之作號 進行解調處理及錯誤訂正處理後,自介_輪出再生信號: 以下’參照圖式說明具有上述之光學系統13〇之光學拾取 -53- 200306548 裝置3内之射出光及射回光之光程。 光碟裝置1自光碟2之記袢而 。己錄面2a再生資訊時, ,自光源101射出之射出氺並丄λ α 所不 次光及±1次光的3個射纟、;、射光栅1〇2分割成包含。 八走哭η3之篦一而丨 被y刀剎成3個射束之射出光透過 刀〇 口 33&,以第三面133c反射,繼續透過第 四面⑽’藉由開π光圈m聚光成料之數值孔徑,並藉 由對物透鏡105而聚光於光碟2的記錄面。上。 自光碟2之記錄面〜射回之光透過分束器U3之第四面 ⑽及第三面133e’以第五面咖反射,並於與第—面⑴& 之入射區域不同之射出區域中補正像散量並透過,對岸於 被繞射光桃1〇2所分割之0次光之射回光入射於分割稜鏡 1〇6的頂角。入射於分割稜鏡1〇6之正四角錐頂角之射回光 错由分別入射於正四角錐之各周面而分別折射於各不相同 的方向,並被分割成4條射回光,而分別照射於受光部ι〇7 之主射束用光檢測器⑴之各受絲“,h,七。對 應於被繞射光柵1〇2所分割之±1次光之透過分束器i33之射 回光的—方分別照射於受光部107之側方射束用光檢測器 U2之各受光區域內,f3,另一方分別照射於受光部1〇7之側 方射束用光檢測器11 3的受光區域g3,h3。 具有如上構造之光學系統130之光學拾取裝置3可藉由設 於分束器133之第一面133a之射出區域内之繞射元件適切 補正像散1 ,可藉由分割稜鏡i 〇6將射回光分割成*部分, 因此可將射回光適切地導向受光部1 〇7之各受光區域。 其次’第四例之光學拾取裝置3如圖27所示,具有··自光 -54- 200306548 :再生資訊之光學系統140;及使該光學系統i4〇具有之後 :對物透鏡驅動變位之圖上未顯示的透鏡驅動機構。以下 5兄明具有光學系統140之光學拾取裝置3,不過就盥且有光 學ί統1GG之光學拾取裝置3共用的構造,係註記共用符號 亚省略其詳細說明。 '、光學拾取裝置3具有之光㈣、統14Q依光程順序具有:光 源m ’其係、射出雷射光至光碟2上;繞射光栅m,其係將 自《玄光源ιοί射出之射出光分割成3部分;分束器⑷,直係 分離被繞射光栅102分割成3部分之射出光與自光碟2射回 之光的光程;開π光圈1G4,其係、將被該分束器143分離之 射出光聚光成特定之數值孔徑NA ;對物透鏡1〇5,苴係使 被該開口光圈104聚光之射出光聚光於光碟2之記錄面〜上 刀文鏡106’其係將透過分束器143之自光碟2射回之光 分割成4部分;及受光部1〇7,其係接受被分割稜鏡ι〇6所分 離之射回光。 /刀束态143係包含:第一面143a ;垂直於該第一面14〜之 第一面143b,及與第一面1 43 a及第二面143b連接之第三面 形成概略等腰三角形之概略三角柱形狀之具有透化 的構件刀束杰I43以第一面143a反射自光源101射出之射 出光而導向光碟2側,並且使被光碟2反射之射回光透過第 一面143a,以第三面143(:反射,透過第二面“儿而導向分 割稜鏡106。分束器143之第三面143^形成全反射面,該第 一面143 士 X蒸錢反射膜等方式形成,而全反射射回光。 分束裔143藉由自光碟2射回之光通過,於入射於分割棱 -55- 200306548 鏡106之射回光上僅賦予特定量之像散。分束器 王自光源101射出之射出光之光軸方向的位置,即, 整對光碟2的散焦。 I易调 此時於分束器143 结 ^ 出之射出光,並使自光碑: 反射自光源1 °1射 I使自先碟2射回之光透過的半反射鏡面。此 刀A 143之第二面143b上設有補正自光碟 ^象散量的繞射元件,透過分束器143之射回光 ^ 辭定之入自 4補正。此種繞射元件亦可藉由蝕刻處 ==案形成全息元件。使用全息元件的情況下 射效率。’于型全息圖’亦可為閃耀化全息圖以提高繞 如圖2〇及圖21所示,分割稜鏡咖形成概略正四角㈣狀 … 束為143之射回光之焦點或焦點近旁,射回 先之中心入射於正四角錐之頂角中心二射口 鏡106位於透過分束哭 _ 刀軎丨J稜 光分割成4部分。 ,回光的光程上,並將該射回 署ι/六械 ^予系統140之光學拾取裝置3的#禅梦 置1依據光學拾取裝置3藉由 、先碟4 錯誤信號及追蹤錯誤俨 ' 士回之光檢測之聚焦 光學拾取裝置3之:^自㈣電㈣輸出控制信號至 變位於聚焦方向及追蹤方向,射=對:透鏡105分別驅動 焦於光碟2之所需的記錄軌道上。光二?對物透鏡1〇5而合 電路12及錯誤吖:年於, 末衣置1籍由信號解調 錯IT正電路i3對光 進行解調處理及錯誤訂正處理 衣置3所讀取之信號 自介面U輸出再生信號。 -56 - 200306548 以下,參昭圄彳〜、 壯 &、、、3式5兄明具有上述之光學系統uo之光學拾取 衣 之射出光及射回光之光程。 光碟裝置1自光磾2 系2之圯錄面2a再生貧訊時,如圖26所示 ’自光源1 0 1射出 > 备 + 射出光猎由繞射光栅1 02分割成包令〇 =及士 1次光的3個射束。被分割成3個射束之射出::分 143a反射,藉由開口光圈1〇4聚光成特定 ^數值孔#,亚藉由對物透鏡1G5而聚光於光碟2的記錄面 2a上。 光茱2之0己錄面2a射回之光透過分束器I#)之第一面 143&、’以第二面l43c反射,並於第二面143b中補正像散量 亚透過,對應於被繞射光栅1〇2所分割之0次光之射回光入 射於分割稜鏡106的頂角。入射於分割稜鏡106之正四角錐 頂角之射回光藉由分別入射於正四角錐之各周面而分別折 =於各不相同的方向,並被分割成4條射回光,而分別照射 於文光部107之主射束用光檢測器lu之各受光區域^,匕 ,C3,4。此外,對應於被繞射光栅1〇2所分割之土丨次光之 透過分束器1 43之射回光的一方分別照射於受光部丨〇7之側 方射束用光檢測器112之各受光區域es,心,另一方分別照 射於受光部107之侧方射束用光檢測器113的各受光區域心 ,h3。 具有如上構造之光學系統140之光學拾取裝置3可藉由設 於分束器143之第一面I43a之射出區域内之繞射元件適切 補正像散量,可藉由分割稜鏡106將射回光分割成4部分, 因此可將射回光適切地導向受光部1 〇7之各受光區域。 -57- 200306548 如上所述,具備第一至 碟裝置…據藉由具有光學所不之光學拾取裝置3之光 學拾取裝置3所獲得之聚Defocus the entire pair of discs 2. I At this time, on the first surface 123a of the beam splitter 123, a semi-reflecting mirror surface that reflects the light emitted from the light source 101 and transmits the light returned from the optical disc 2 is transmitted. In addition, a diffraction element that corrects the amount of astigmatism of the light returned from the optical disc 2 is provided in the emitting area of the first surface 123 & of the light returned from the optical disc 2 through the beam splitter 123. The amount of astigmatism of the return light is corrected in a manner suitable for focus adjustment-49-200306548. Such a diffractive element can also be destroyed by etching a specific hologram.) In the case of a holographic element, it should be a surface relief type hologram. It can also be a blazed hologram to improve diffraction. effectiveness. As shown in FIG. 20 and FIG. 21, 'divide 稜鏡 106 to form a roughly regular quadrangular pyramid material' and pass through the focal point of the returned light or near the focal point of the beam splitter 123, and the center of the incident light enters the vertex angle of the regular quadrangular pyramid. Central configuration. "Fenbao", mirror 106 is located on the optical path of the light returned through the beam splitter 123, and splits the light into 4 parts. The optical disk device is provided with the optical pickup device 3 having the optical system 120 as described above. 1 According to the focus error signal and tracking error signal detected by the optical pickup device 3 by the light emitted from the optical disc 2, a control signal is output from the servo circuit 10: The two-axis actuator of the optical pickup device 3 The objective lens 105 is driven and intersected in the focusing direction and the tracking direction, respectively, and the emitted light is focused on the required recording track of the optical disc 2 through the objective lens 1. Then, the optical disc device uses the ^ demodulation circuit 12 And the error correction circuit 13 performs demodulation processing and error correction processing on the signal read by the optical pickup device 3, and the interface 丨 4 rounds = reproduction signal. Hereinafter, the optical pickup having the above-mentioned optical system 12 will be described with reference to the drawings. The optical path of the emitted light and the returned light in the j set. When the optical disc device 1 reproduces information from the recording surface 2a of the optical disc 2, as shown in FIG. 22, the emitted light emitted from the light source 1 〇1 is diffracted by the diffraction grating 1. 02 is divided into 0 times light and 3 beams of primary light. The emitted light that has been divided into 3 beams is reflected by the first surface i23a in beam splitting state 123, and is condensed into a specific numerical aperture by the opening aperture 104, and The objective lens 105 is focused on the recording surface -50-200306548 2a of the optical disc 2. The light returned from the recording surface 2a of the optical disc 2 is refracted by the first surface i23a of the beam splitter 123 and passes through the beam splitter 123. 'It is reflected by the second surface 12 and corrects the amount of astigmatism in an emission area different from the incident area of the first surface 123 a and transmits it, corresponding to the return of the 0th light divided by the diffraction grating 1 02 The light is incident on the apex angle of the division 稜鏡 106. The reflected light incident on the apex angle of the regular quadrangular pyramid of the division 〇106 is refracted in different directions by incident on the peripheries of the regular quadrangular pyramid, respectively. Divided into 4 pieces of reflected light and irradiated to the respective light receiving areas h, eg, 7 of the main beam photodetector lu of the light receiving unit 107. In addition, it corresponds to ± 1st order light divided by the diffraction grating 102 One side of the reflected light transmitted through the beam splitter 3 123 is irradiated to each side of the side beam photodetector U2 of the light receiving unit 107. Areas e3, f3 'The other side irradiates the respective light-receiving areas of the side-beam photodetector 113 of the light-receiving unit 107, respectively. The optical pickup device having the optical system 12o structured as described above is the second one of the beam splitter 123. One side 12h evening Μ 山 r said that the diffractive elements in the mouth and the field are suitable, and the light can be returned to the light by dividing the 稜鏡 106 :: The light is appropriately guided to the light receiving areas of the light receiver. / 、 人 # The optical pickup device 3 of the second example is shown in FIG. 2 and the optical system 13 of the disc 2 reproduces the information, and the optical system ": Gu Zi first described the displacement of the objective lens drive / ,, /, after having " 夂 1 The optical pickup device 3, 1 having an optical system 130 is not shown on the circle. Learn System 1 below. . ::: 二 有光 shared by the optical pickup device 3 and its detailed description is omitted. ° // Predicted by the optical pickup device 3 with the number, and the dead 130 has the order of the first order ... -51-200306548 source 101 ', which emits laser light onto the optical disc 2; the diffraction grating 102, It splits the light emitted from the light source HH into three parts; the beam splitter 133, which is separated from the diffracted light by the book 1 〇 八八 堂 丨 A, q, Youshu 丨 ϋ2 knife brake into 3 parts Optical path length of emitted light and light returned from disc 2; opening φ! n / 1 ^ ^ Nineteen circles 104, which condenses the light emitted by the beam splitter 133 into a specific numerical aperture NA; for the objective lens ⑽, which condenses the light emitted by the opening aperture 104 Light on the recording surface 2 & of the optical disc 2; division 稜鏡 106, which divides the light returned from the optical disc 2 through the beam splitter 133 into 4 parts; and light receiving objects, which are divided into 稜鏡The reflected light separated by 106. The beam splitter 133 is composed of the Chu—3 · 罘 side 133a; the first surface 13 parallel to the first surface 133a, and between the first surface 133 & and the second surface 13 3b, the emitted light The shaft is inclined only by the third surface 133 at a specific angle. A fourth surface n3d that is a direct father of the first surface and the first surface 133b; and a fifth surface 133e that is substantially parallel to the third surface and has a light transmitting member. The beam splitter 配置 is arranged such that the first face ⑴ & and the second face 133b are approximately orthogonal to the light emitted from the light source ,, so that the light emitted from the light source 101 passes through the first face i33a and is reflected by the third face 133c. The sub-transmission passes through the fourth surface n3d to the side of the optical disc, and the reflected light reflected by the optical disc 2 passes through the fourth plane n3d and the third surface ^ rainbow, and is reflected by the fifth surface 133e, and the sub-transmission passes through the _th surface 13; Shoot out the area and guide the split prism 1 06. The knife beam is 133. The five sides of the prism enter MG * ^ to form a total reflection surface. The five sides of 133e, such as a strip-shaped reflective film, are shaped like dots,. ^ FREE ΐ »8 ~ 成 While total reflection reflects back light. The beam splitter 133 passes through the light reflected from Duoshi T ^ Λ,, Yuan Yuan 2 and imparts only a certain amount of astigmatism to the reflected light incident on the split prism 106. The beam splitter 133 adjusts the position of the optical axis direction of the light emitted from the light source 调 by adjusting -52- 200306548 to adjust the defocus of the pair of optical discs 2. "Early two easy to adjust" Then on the third surface 133 of the knife beam 133, there is a semi-reflecting mirror that reflects from the light source 1 and exits, and allows the light returned from the optical disc 2 to pass through. This time, the points are: a diffraction element that corrects the amount of astigmatism of the light returned from the optical disc 2 is provided in the shooting area of the 133-th surface 133a of the light returned from the optical disc 2; transparent; The amount of astigmatism of the return light of 33 is suitable for the focus adjustment =. This kind of diffractive element can also be used, and the holographic pattern with a specific name is formed from 1 to H. When using a holographic element, it should be a surface relief-type king interest chart, or it can be a blazed hologram to improve the diffraction efficiency. . As shown in FIG. 20 and FIG. 21, the division 稜鏡 106 is formed as follows: and: near the focal point of the light returned by the beam splitter 或 or near the focal point, the center of the first shot incident on the center of the vertex of the regular quadrangular pyramid Way configuration. The division prism 106 is located to divide the light into four parts by the beam splitter 133. In the first private matter, Ya set the shot back to the monument with the optical pickup device 3 having the optical system 130 as described above. According to the optical pickup device 3, the focus detection by the light shot back from the optical disc 2 is wrong. And tracking error signals, the control signal is output from the feeding circuit 10 to: the two-axis actuator of the pick-up device 3, and the objective lens 105 is used to drive the Ai located in the focusing direction and the tracking direction. The objective lens 105 focuses on the required recording path of the optical disc 2. The optical disc device i uses the signal demodulation circuit 12 and the error correction circuit 13 to perform demodulation processing and error correction processing on the number read by the optical pickup device 3, and then reproduces the self-reproduced signal from the media: Optical paths of the emitted light and the returned light in the optical pickup-53-200306548 device 3 having the above-mentioned optical system 13. The optical disc device 1 is from the record of the optical disc 2. When the recorded information is reproduced on the recorded surface 2a, the three light beams emitted by the light beam 101 emitted by the light source 101 and the three light beams of ± 1st order, and the light beam 1 are divided into two. Eight walking crying η3, and the light emitted by the y knife brake into three beams passed through the knife port 33 & reflected by the third face 133c, and continued to pass through the fourth face ⑽ 'to focus by opening π aperture m The resulting numerical aperture is focused on the recording surface of the optical disc 2 by the objective lens 105. on. The light from the recording surface of the optical disc 2 through the fourth surface ⑽ and the third surface 133e ′ of the beam splitter U3 is reflected by the fifth surface and is in an emission area different from the incident area of the first surface ⑴ & The astigmatism is corrected and transmitted, and the returning light of the 0th light divided by the diffracted light peach 102 on the other side is incident on the top angle of the division 稜鏡 106. The returning light incident on the apex of the regular quadrangular pyramid which is divided into 稜鏡 106 is refracted in different directions by being incident on the peripheral surfaces of the regular quadrangular pyramid, respectively, and is divided into four retroreflected lights. The main beams of the main beam irradiated to the light-receiving part ι07 are each received by the photodetector ", h, seven. Corresponds to the transmission of the ± 1 order light divided by the diffraction grating 102 through the beam splitter i33 The square of the return light is irradiated to each of the light receiving areas of the side beam photodetector U2 of the light receiving unit 107, f3, and the other side is irradiated to the side beam photodetector 11 of the light receiving unit 107. 3 The light receiving area g3, h3. The optical pickup device 3 having the optical system 130 structured as above can appropriately correct the astigmatism 1 by a diffractive element provided in the exit area of the first surface 133a of the beam splitter 133, and can be corrected by The division 稜鏡 i 〇6 divides the returned light into * sections, so that the returned light can be appropriately guided to each light receiving area of the light receiving section 107. Next, the optical pickup device 3 of the fourth example is shown in FIG. 27, With ... since light-54-200306548: optical system 140 for reproduction information; and after having the optical system i4〇 : Lens driving mechanism not shown in the figure for driving and displacing the objective lens. The following 5 members have an optical pickup device 3 of the optical system 140, but have a common structure for the optical pickup device 3 of the optical system 1GG. Note that the common symbols are omitted and their detailed descriptions are omitted. ', The optical beam of the optical pickup device 3, and the system 14Q according to the order of the optical path: the light source m', which emits laser light onto the optical disc 2; the diffraction grating m, which will The light emitted from Xuanyuan light source is divided into three parts; the beam splitter is ⑷, which directly separates the optical path of the light divided into three parts by the diffraction grating 102 and the light returned from the optical disc 2; the opening π aperture 1G4 It focuses the output light separated by the beam splitter 143 into a specific numerical aperture NA. For the objective lens 105, it focuses the output light condensed by the aperture stop 104 on the optical disc 2. Recording surface ~ upper knife mirror 106 ', which divides the light returned from the optical disc 2 through the beam splitter 143 into 4 parts; and the light receiving part 107, which accepts the light that is separated by the division 稜鏡 ι〇6 The reflected light. / Blade state 143 includes: a first surface 143a; perpendicular to the first surface The first surface 143b of 14 ~, and the third surface connected to the first surface 1 43a and the second surface 143b form a schematic triangular column shape with a transmissive member. The beam bundle I43 uses the first surface 143a. The reflected light emitted from the light source 101 is guided to the disc 2 side, and the reflected light reflected by the disc 2 is transmitted through the first surface 143a, and is reflected by the third surface 143 (:, and is guided through the second surface to the division 稜鏡) 106. The third surface 143 ^ of the beam splitter 143 forms a total reflection surface, and the first surface 143 is formed by a steamed reflective film, etc., and the total reflection reflects light. The beam splitter 143 returns from the optical disc 2 The light passes through, and only a certain amount of astigmatism is imparted to the returning light incident on the split edge-55-200306548 mirror 106. The position of the beam splitter in the optical axis direction of the light emitted from the light source 101, that is, the defocus of the entire pair of optical discs 2. I Easy Tuning At this time, the light emitted from the beam splitter 143 is emitted, and the self-beam: reflected from the light source 1 ° 1. I The semi-reflective mirror surface that allows the light returned from disc 2 to pass through. The second surface 143b of the knife A 143 is provided with a diffraction element that corrects the astigmatism amount, and returns the light through the beam splitter 143. Such a diffractive element can also form a holographic element by etching. When a holographic element is used, the radiation efficiency is high. 'Y-type hologram' can also be a blazed hologram to improve the winding. As shown in Fig. 20 and Fig. 21, split the coffee to form a roughly regular quadrangular shape ... The focus of the returned light of 143 or the vicinity of the focus, The center of the first shot is incident on the top corner of the regular quadrangular pyramid, and the second aperture mirror 106 is located through the beam splitter. The knife beam is divided into 4 parts. , Return to the optical path of the light, and shoot the shot back to the optical pick-up device 3 of the system 140. # 梦梦 置 1 According to the optical pick-up device 3, the disc 4 error signal and tracking error 俨'' Focusing optical pickup device 3 for light detection: ^ Automatically outputs control signals to the focus direction and tracking direction. Shoot = pair: lens 105 drives the focus on the required recording track of disc 2. . Light 2-objective lens 105, combined circuit 12 and error acridine: In the year, the last set is read by the signal demodulation error IT positive circuit i3 to demodulate the light and the error correction process is read by the set 3 The signal outputs a regenerative signal from the interface U. -56-200306548 or below, see the path lengths of the emitted light and the returned light of the optical pick-up garments with the above-mentioned optical system uo in Zhuang Zhao ~, Zhuang & When the optical disc device 1 reproduces the poor sound from the optical recording surface 2a of the optical system 2, as shown in FIG. 26, 'emission from the light source 1 0 1> is prepared + the light emission is divided by the diffraction grating 1 02 into a package. 3 beams of light for 1 time. The output is divided into three beams :: Reflected by 143a, and focused by the aperture stop 104 into a specific numerical aperture #, and is focused on the recording surface 2a of the optical disc 2 by the objective lens 1G5. The light returned from the 0th recording surface 2a of the light 2 passes through the first surface 143 &, 'reflected by the second surface l43c, and corrects the astigmatism sub-transmission in the second surface 143b, corresponding to The returned light of the 0th light divided by the diffraction grating 102 is incident on the top angle of the division chirp 106. The reflected light incident on the apex of the regular quadrangular pyramid of the divided 稜鏡 106 is respectively incident on the peripheral surface of the regular quadrangular pyramid and is respectively folded in different directions, and is divided into four reflected light and irradiated separately. The light-receiving areas of the photodetector lu of the main beam in the light-light unit 107, C, C3, 4. In addition, one of the light beams corresponding to the soil divided by the diffraction grating 102 and transmitted through the beam splitter 1 43 is irradiated to the photodetector 112 of the side beam of the light receiving section 107. Each light-receiving area es, the heart, and the other are irradiated to the light-receiving area center, h3, of the side beam photodetector 113 of the light-receiving section 107, respectively. The optical pickup device 3 having the optical system 140 structured as above can appropriately correct the astigmatism amount by the diffraction element provided in the emission area of the first surface I43a of the beam splitter 143, and can be shot back by the division 稜鏡 106. Since the light is divided into four parts, the returned light can be appropriately guided to each light receiving area of the light receiving section 107. -57- 200306548 As mentioned above, equipped with the first to disk device ... According to the convergence obtained by the optical pickup device 3 having the optical pickup device 3 which is not optical

,藉由伺服電路1G控制透;^〔Γ 追縱錯誤信號TE 驅動變位於聚焦方向及追::: = 之記錄面—自光碟2再^7使射出光合焦於光碟2 如上所述,光碟裝置1 風 ,123,^,ια 、 先予尨取裝置3可藉由分束器103 光,因 4以像散量適切时式補正自光碟2射回之 无’因此可控制射φ ^丨、, 4^t ^ ]〇β η 乂 6、艾形,使射回光入射於分割 ㈣Μ6,因而可提高聚焦錯誤信號的可靠性。 光碟裝置1之光學於敌壯 σ衣置可使用與先前之光學拾取裝 置相同的構造,可促使勢 I成本降低,並且擴大光學元件 之配置自由度,容易進行光學系統的設計。 裝置―1之如圖19、圖25至圖26所示之光學拾取 ^曰,、有分割自光碟2射回之光的分割稜鏡106,苴盥 射束用光檢測器之分割線分割射束點的形式比較, 係在光程上分割射决 〆 光’口此以接受經分割稜鏡1 〇6分割之 ^射回光之方式,將主射束用光檢測器1 G7之各受光區域 \ 3 °3 1保持在特定A小,而放寬主射束用光檢測器 之分割位置等上所要求的精密度。 、时而光碟衣置1可降低光學拾取裝置3之主射束用光檢 測器1 07的奥i告成士 、, 一 衣、成本,亚且於光學拾取裝置3製造步驟中容 易進行主射束用光檢測器i()7之位置調整,可提高所獲得之 聚焦錯誤信號FE的可靠性。 -58- 200306548 雜另夕:’光碟裝置1亦可將上述之分割棱鏡祕形成八角 錐、°此種情況下’受光部1G7之主射束用光檢測器⑴亦可 以被自受光面之中央呈访身 ^ τ兴壬放射狀之分割線分割成δ部分的方 式構成。分割稜鏡1 〇 6不限定 |民疋万、具有千面之角錐,亦可形成 具有數個曲面的形狀。此籍主 此種Ν況下,係以對應受光部107 之主射束用光檢測|§ i i i之分割區域的方式設置。 光碟裝置1亦可於概略平板形狀之光透過構件上,作為全 土元件’藉由姓刻處理特定之全息圖案而形成分割稜鏡106 八 定用王心兀件的情況下,宜為表面浮雕型 全息圖,亦可為閃耀化全息圖以提高繞射效率。 再者,光碟裝置i如圖16所示使用分割成4個區域之光概 79以取代分割稜鏡1()6,亦可獲得同樣的效果。此時光拇79 為求獲得與分割稜鏡1G6同樣的效果,而設有分縣域^, y’- ’ h ’ y4 ’各分割區域yi,y2 ’ y3,y4中形成溝之方向各 不相同。具體而言,形成分割區域^與丫3之溝的方向以及 =分割區域丫2與74之溝的方向係、彼此直交。光柵79因應 各分割區域yi , y2, y3, y4之各溝方向及光柵常數使入射之 光碟2射回之光繞射、分割成4部分,並導向受光部1〇7之主 ,束用光檢測器m。光栅79作為全息元件藉由制處理特 疋之全息圖案而形成。此外,使用全息元件的情況下,宜 為表面浮雕型全息圖,亦可為閃耀化全息圖以提高繞射效 率。 光碟裝置1亦可設計成於光程中具有反射面,如此利用反 射面,藉由彎曲光程可使光學設計之自由度提高。 -59- 200306548 再者,由於光碟裝置1係使入射於分割稜鏡1〇6之自光碟2 射回之光之入射角對於分割稜鏡1〇6之各面形成45。以下, 亦即將分割稜鏡106之各面的傾角形成45。以下,以避免入 射之射回光進入全反射條件的方式,可增加折射角,因此 可分離被分割之各射回光之射束點間隔,可擴大主射束用 光檢測器111内之各分割區域之間隔及主射束用光檢測哭 111與側方射束用光檢測11 112,⑴之間隔,可放寬光學拾 取裝置3的組合精密度。 二二光:褒置1於上述光學拾取裝置3中為求獲得聚焦 虎FE,係採用所謂像散法’不過亦可使用傅科法等 =檢測方法。光碟裝置冰上述光學拾取裝置釋 =錯誤信_係採用所謂Dpp法,不過亦侧 (差刀相位檢測)法等其他檢測方法。 像之構造係於上述之光學拾取裝置3中,將補正 株^ 亦可§又於其他位置。設置補正像散量之元 件的位置宜為分判赫 之凡 再者,光❸之射回光的入射面或射出面。 '、衣置1於上述光學拾取裝、^ ^ 量之元件作;MU+ 3 巾係將補正像散 圓柱面等者射4,不過並不限定於此,亦可為設置 上述例中係說明於 時,盥呈右、, 〃有補正先Μ動之光學系統30及60 有補正像散量之光學系統1〇〇, ,光學拾取褒置3的構造及動作,不過 〇及140時 變動且補正像散量之光學系統者。為/、有補正光程 -60- 200306548 口而’以下說明具備補正光程變動且補 系統之光學拾取裝置3的構造 像散量之光學 30及光學系統6〇 就與具有光學系統 , 先予拾取裝置3共用的構造,則$圮A用 付唬,並省略其詳細說日月。 ^貝“主5己共用, Through the servo circuit 1G control; ^ [Γ tracking error signal TE drive becomes in the focus direction and tracking ::: = recording surface-from the optical disc 2 and then ^ 7 to focus the emitted light on the optical disc 2 As mentioned above, the optical disc Device 1 wind, 123, ^, ια, pre-catch device 3 can be beamed by the beam splitter 103, because 4 corrects the astigmatism in a timely manner to correct the shot back from the disc 2 ', so it can control the shooting φ ^ 丨, 4 ^ t ^] 〇β η 乂 6, Ai-shaped, so that the incident light is incident on the segmentation ㈣Μ6, so the reliability of the focus error signal can be improved. The optical strength of the optical disc device 1 can use the same structure as the previous optical pickup device, which can reduce the potential cost and increase the degree of freedom in the configuration of the optical element, making it easy to design the optical system. The optical pickup of device -1 shown in FIG. 19, FIG. 25 to FIG. 26, that is, a division 稜鏡 106 having the light reflected from the optical disc 2 is divided, and the beam is divided by the division line of the photodetector. The form comparison of the beam spot is based on the division of the light beam on the optical path. The main beam is received by the photodetector 1 G7 by receiving the divided light beams divided by the 10 divided by 6. The area \ 3 ° 3 1 is maintained at a specific A small, and the precision required for relaxing the division position of the main beam photodetector is relaxed. Sometimes, the optical disc device 1 can reduce the optical pickup of the main beam photodetector 107 of the optical pickup device 3. It is easy to use the main beam in the manufacturing step of the optical pickup device 3 The position adjustment of the photo detector i () 7 can improve the reliability of the obtained focus error signal FE. -58- 200306548 Miscellaneous: 'The optical disc device 1 can also form the above-mentioned split prism into an octagonal cone. ° In this case, the photodetector for the main beam of the light receiving unit 1G7 can also be centered from the light receiving surface. The interview body is constructed in such a way that τ Xingren's radial dividing line is divided into δ parts. There is no limitation on the division of 6106. Min 疋 wan, a pyramid with thousands of faces, and a shape with several curved surfaces can also be formed. In this case, the owner is set to correspond to the divided area of the main beam for light detection by the light receiving unit 107 | § i i i. The optical disc device 1 can also be used as a full-earth element on a light-transmitting member with a roughly flat plate shape. The specific holographic pattern is formed by engraving the surname to form a segment 稜鏡 106. In the case of a king-hearted piece for eight, it should be a surface relief type A hologram can also be a blazed hologram to improve diffraction efficiency. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 16, the optical disc device i uses the light profile 79 divided into four areas instead of the division 稜鏡 1 () 6, and the same effect can be obtained. At this time, in order to obtain the same effect as that of the division 稜鏡 1G6, the light bulb 79 is provided with county regions ^, y '-' h ', y4', and the division directions of the division regions yi, y2 ', y3, and y4 are different. Specifically, the directions of the grooves forming the divided areas ^ and 33 and the directions of the grooves of the divided areas 22 and 74 are orthogonal to each other. The grating 79 diffracts and divides the light returned by the incident disc 2 into four parts according to the groove directions and grating constants of the divided areas yi, y2, y3, and y4, and guides the light receiving section 107 to the main beam. Detector m. The grating 79 is formed as a hologram element by processing a special hologram pattern. In addition, when a holographic element is used, a surface relief type hologram is preferable, and a holographic hologram may also be used to improve the diffraction efficiency. The optical disc device 1 can also be designed to have a reflective surface in the optical path, so that by using the reflective surface, the degree of freedom in optical design can be improved by bending the optical path. -59- 200306548 Furthermore, since the optical disc device 1 is such that the incident angle of the light incident from the optical disc 2 incident on the division 稜鏡 106 is formed at 45 for each side of the division 稜鏡 106. In the following, the inclination angle of each face of the segmentation 稜鏡 106 will also be 45. In the following, in order to prevent the incident returning light from entering the total reflection condition, the refraction angle can be increased, so the beam point interval of each divided returning light can be separated, and each of the light detectors 111 for the main beam can be enlarged. The interval between the divided regions and the interval between the main beam light detection cry 111 and the side beam light detection 11 112, ⑴ can relax the combined precision of the optical pickup device 3. Two or two light: Set 1 in the above-mentioned optical pickup device 3 In order to obtain the focused Tiger FE, the so-called astigmatism method is used, but a Foucault method or the like can also be used as a detection method. The optical disc device uses the so-called Dpp method, but other detection methods such as the differential knife phase detection method are used. The structure of the image is in the above-mentioned optical pickup device 3, and the correction strain ^ may also be located at another position. The position of the component for correcting the astigmatism should be set to be the one that can be distinguished. Moreover, the light rays return to the incident surface or exit surface of the light. ', Clothing set 1 is made of the above-mentioned optical pickup device, ^ ^ amount of components; MU + 3 towel is to shoot astigmatism cylindrical surface, etc., but it is not limited to this, it can also be described in the above example. At the time, the toilet was right, there were optical systems 30 and 60 with correction first movement, optical system 100 with correction astigmatism, and the structure and operation of the optical pickup set 3, but changed and corrected at 0 and 140. Astigmatism optical system. For /, there is a correction optical path-60-200306548 port and 'the following describes the structure of the optical pickup device 3 with an optical pickup device 3 having a correction optical path variation and a compensation system, and the optical system 30 and the optical system 60 are the same as those having an optical system, and are provided in advance. In the structure common to the pickup device 3, $ 圮 A is used to bluff, and the detailed description of the sun and the moon is omitted. ^ Shell "Master 5 has shared

光學拾取裝置3具有之光學系統H 程順序且有.#、s 圖~8所不,依光 、斤八有.先源61,其係射出雷射 學元件⑸,其係分割自該光源61:,複合光 2射回之光與射出光分離,並且進一牛八二先’將自光碟 射回光;開口光圈33 ^刀剎舁射出光分離之 學元件⑸之射中,⑫ 自光源61射出而透過複合光 1 之數值孔徑ΝΑ ;對物透鏡 釺面2al t 圈33聚光之射出光聚光於光碟2之記 錄面2a上,及受光部152,1 v、係接文自光碟2射回之光。 光源61係具有自發光點61a 口之先 光的半導體雷射。 射出波長如約⑽㈣之雷射 如圖28及圖29所示,趨人 一 r U η ^ ^ ^ 口先予凡件151如藉由射出成型樹 月曰材枓而形成區塊狀,並 X,、有·郇近先源61,並且與自該 /皁之毛光點6 1 a射出t纟+ ψ $ + ^ .盥兮一―; 耵出之射出先之光軸直交的第一面153 ,”忒弟一面153平行相對的第二面154 ; 斜特定角度而相對之第-面 一 4僅傾 K…. ;及對第-面153及第二面 垂直,且對第三面5 5僅 lc, 1里1貝针知疋角度而相對之第四面 15 6° 弟-面153上設有將自光源。之發光點 分割成包含0次光及±1攻朵夕:^ 身丁出之射出先 — 一個讨束的第一繞射光栅1 6 1 糸統150為求獲得追縱錯誤信號TE而應用所謂DPp法 -61 - 200306548 ,並以藉由以受光部152接受被第一繞射光栅161分割之±1 次光進行追蹤伺服之方式構成。 第一面1 54上设有第二繞射光栅丨62,其係使自光碟2射回 之光中被第一繞射光栅161所分割之〇次光及±1次光繞射, 進一步將此等分割成0次光及土丨次光,如將該+1次光作為射 回光與射出光之光程分離。 第二面155上設有全息元件163,其係位於被第二繞射光 柵162所分離之射回光的光程上,使該射回光反射及繞射, 進一步分割成0次光及土丨次光,如將該“次光作為射回光補 正第二繞射光柵1 62產生之光程變動,進一步補正像散量。 。亥王息元件1 6 3以入射之射回光全反射之方式於第三面 1 5 5上設有特定之反射膜,發揮所謂反射型全息元件的功能 。全息元件1 63係藉由蝕刻處理特定之全息圖案而形成。使 用全息元件1 63的情況下,宜為表面浮雕型全息圖,亦可為 閃耀化全息圖以提高繞射效率。 第四面156上設有分割稜鏡164,其係藉由全息元件163 補正光程變動,且位於射回光之光程上,並將該射回光分 割成4部分。 邊分割稜鏡1 64如圖30及圖3 1所示,形成概略正四角錐形 狀’並以藉由全息元件1 63而反射及繞射之-丨次光於該繞射 光之焦點或焦點近旁’繞射光之中心入射於正四角錐之頂 角中心的方式配置。 分割稜鏡1 64位於複合光學元件151之内方,並於該内方 側朝向頂角設置。亦即,分割稜鏡]64係以被第一繞射光柵 -62- 200306548 161所分割之三射束的〇次光以第二繞射光柵“a繞射,以全 息元件163反射及繞射,而入射於頂角之方式配置。另外^ 分割稜鏡164係以正四角錐之底面對以全息元件163反射及 繞射之-1次光之光軸直交的方式配置。 、 複合光學元件151藉由被第二繞射光栅162分離之射回光 通過,於入射於分割稜鏡丨64之射回光上僅賦予特定量之像 月文複ΰ光學元件1 5 1藉由調整自光源6 1射出之射出光之光 軸方向的位置,即可輕易地調整對光碟2的散焦。 複合光學元件1 5 1如藉由射出成型樹脂材料而形成。其他 之形成方法亦可藉由蝕刻加工形成上述之第一繞射光柵 161、第二繞射光柵162、全息元件163及分割稜鏡η#,亦 可藉由機械加工形成。另外,形成複合光學元件ΐ5ι之材料 並不限定於樹脂材料,亦可使用具有玻璃材料等透光性之 光學材料,再者,亦可藉由此等光學材料之組合局部改變 材料構造。 此時,複合光學元件151與複合光學元件32及複合光學元 件62中說明時同樣地’如計算第二繞射光樹162及全息元件 ⑹之光#常數及第三面155與第二面154構成角度等,來設 計複合光學元件151 ’可補正因波長變動造成射回光之光程 變動,正確將該射回光導向分割稜鏡164的頂角。 此外複合光學元件151與上述之光學系統1〇〇, 12〇, 13〇 ,刚中說明時同樣地,可藉由設於第三面155之全息元件 1 67 ’以$焦伺服上形成最佳之像散量的方式補正。 如此設計成之複合光學元件151於藉由自光源61射出之 -63- 200306548 射出光之波長變、裔τ Α ί β、a 填射W 土 $ ’自光碟2射回之光以第二繞射光栅162 光程變動,藉由::二;^使該分離之 次光,將自来心 光反射及繞射成-1 、 ’、射回之光始終導向分割稜鏡164的頂角, 柵:=:=複合…件151之第二繞射光 ^物透鏡叫由至少1個凸透鏡搆成,並《將自光源61 :出而被開口光圈33聚光之射出光聚光於光碟2配 置。 如圖32所示,香伞都〗 . , 八 〇 八有·接受被第一繞射光柵161 之主射束之概略方形之主射束用光檢測器⑺ 刀別接又破第一繞射光柵161分割之土1次光之兩個側方 二束之、,且概略方形之側方射束用光檢測器丨72,丨73。受 光配置於對應於藉由複合光學元件151之分割稜鏡 4所刀叙各射回光的位置。受光部} 52内配置有位於中 央而概略方形之主射束用光檢測器⑺,並且分別設有將該 主射束用光檢測器171夾於其間而位於兩側之一組概略方 形之側方射束用光檢測器172,173。 丄此外’ %光部152之主射束用光檢測器171具有被彼此直 乂之一組分割線分割成4等分之各受光區域a4,b4,c4,d4 。各受光區域h t 4 b4 C4,心内分別照射有被分割稜鏡164 分割成4部分之各射回光。 -64- 200306548 受光部1 5 2之側方私由m t μ & 射束用光檢測器172,173分別I# 割線分割成二等分的受 刀另h、有被刀 各^ ^ ,又先&域〜,匕、及受光區域g4, h4。 谷又光£域e 4,f 4內昭_44· t 、 A >…、、$應於被第一繞射光柵161所分割 --人光之自光碟2射回之光的一 照射對應於被第一繞射^各又先&域g4,匕内 ,+ 、儿射先柵161所分割之±1次光之自光磾2 射回之光的另一方。 米 光學拾取裝置3具有之透锖酽翻 遵鏡驅動機構具有:保持對物透鏡 之透鏡支架,支撐今搂於士力口 ^ 、兄支木可於平行於對物透鏡34之 光軸之聚焦方向及直交於斟4 一 ά 直又於對物透鏡Μ之光軸之追蹤方向之 一轴方向上變位的支牟去樘 — 加 /、 構件,及错由電磁力使透鏡支 木·驅動變位於二軸方帝 示。 门之迅磁驅動部,不過圖上並未顯 =驅動機構依據受光部152之主射束用光檢測器ΐ7ι檢 來焦錯μ號及側方射束用光檢測器! 7 2,i 7 3檢測之 =縱錯誤信號,分別使對物透鏡34驅動變位於聚焦方向及 :縱方向’使射出光合焦於光碟2之記錄面〜的記錄軌道 另外’上述複合光學元件151之分割稜鏡164亦可形成如 〇角錐。此種情況下’受光部152之主射束用光檢測器⑺ 二可以被自受光面之中央呈放射狀之分割線分割成8部分 ^式構成。此外,複合光學元件1 5 1之分割稜鏡1 64係對 弟四面156設於内方側,不過亦可對第四面156突出設置於 =方側。再者,複合光學元件151之分割稜鏡164不限定於 具有平面之角錐,亦可形成具有數個曲面的形狀。此種情 -65 - 200306548 況下,係以對應受光部152之主射束用光檢測器171之分割 區域的方式設置。再者複合光學元件151亦可藉由分別將第 一繞射光柵161及第二繞射光柵162分別作為全息元件,钱 刻處理特定之全息圖案而形成。使用全息元件的情況下, 宜為表面浮雕型全息圖,亦可為閃耀化全息圖以提高繞射 效率。 複合光學元件1 5 1如圖1 6所示使用分割成4個區域之光栅 79以取代分割稜鏡164,亦可獲得同樣的效果。此時光柵79 為求獲得與分割稜鏡164同樣的效果,而設有分割區域w, y2,ys,y4,各分割區域yi,h,ys,h中形成溝之方向各 不相同。具體而a ,形成分割區域y i與y 3之溝的方向以及 形成分割區域y2與y4之溝的方向係彼此直交。光柵79因應 各分割區域y! ’ ’ ys ’ y4之各溝方向及光柵常數使入射之 光碟2射回之光繞射、分割成4部分,並導向受光部152之主 射束用光檢測器171。光柵79作為全息元件藉由蝕刻處理特 定之全息圖案而形成。此外,使用全息元件的情況下,宜 為表面浮雕型全息圖,亦可為閃耀化全息圖以提高繞射效 率。 再者,複合光學元件151亦可設計成於内部具有反射面, 如此利用反射面,藉由彎曲光程可使光學設計之自由度提 向。 再者,由於複合光學元件151係使入射於分割稜鏡164之 自光碟2射回之光之入射角對於分割稜鏡164之各面形成 45。以下,亦即將分割稜鏡164之各面的傾角形成45。以下, ~ 66 - 200306548 以避免入射之射 先違入全反射條件的方式, 角,因此可分離被分宝,丨+々 」θ加折射 Φ Α σ之σ射回光之射束點間隔,可_大 主射束用光檢測器171内 八 了擴大 ^ . 1之口刀口區域之間隔及主射走用 先檢測器m與側方射束用光檢測 射:用 寬光學拾取裝置3的組合精密度。 173之間可放 具備具有如上之杏與^么a 置1藉由自光碑2: 无學拾取裝置3的光碟裝 二由自先碟2射回之光’依據光學拾取裝 錯决&號及追蹤錯誤作缺,^ 〇〇 ^ ^ 光學拾取裝置3之一軸致:” 1电路1。輸出控制信號至 位於聚…二軸致動"由對物透鏡34分別驅動變 於光磾2、、、 、如方向,射出光經由對物透鏡 =2之所需的記錄執道上,,光碟裝置旧由信號 2及錯#訂正電路U對光學拾取裳置3 信號進行解調處理及錯誤訂正 =之 信號。 段目"面14輸出再生 光Si置广具借具有上述光學系統15°之光學拾取裝置3之 回光Γ先1,。餐照圖式說明光學拾取褒置3内之射出光及射 ,自如光圖光碟裝置1自光碟2之記錄面2a再生資訊時 先源61射出之射出光藉由複合光學元件⑸ 光請分別分割成包W次光及±1次光的3個射束。被= 成3個射束之射出光透過複合光學元件⑸之第二繞^拇 162,亚藉由對物透鏡34聚光於光碟2的記錄面。上。 自光碟2之記錄面2a射回之光藉由複合光學元们 二繞射光拇162繞射而導入朝向第三面⑸之光程上,+1次 -67. 200306548 光入射於全息元件1 6 3。λ 4 入射於全息元件1 63之自第二繞射 光柵162之+1次光入自一 猎由全息疋件163反射及繞射,_丨次光入 射於分割稜鏡1 64的頂角。此士 只月此蛉,全息元件163中自第二繞 射光拇1 6 2之+ 1次光補下兩μ 一 罘一繞射光栅1 6 2產生之光程變 動,並且補正像散量。Α ^ 射於为割稜鏡1 64之正四角錐頂角 之-1次先猎由分別入射於正四角錐之各周面而分別折射於 不相同的方向’亚破分割成4條射回光,而分別照射於受 先部152之主射束用光檢測器⑺之各受光區域a4,b4,C4 ,d4 〇 、工王心7L件16一3繞射之繞射光入射於分割稜鏡⑹之頂角 :,如旧3A所示,對物透鏡順光碟2之記錄心位於合 …位置k ”割稜鏡164之頂角上人射有形成大致圓形的射 回光。 另外,繞射光入射於^^宝| # 一 、口J牙文鏡164之頂角時,如圖33A所 不,對物透鏡34與光碟2之記錄面h過於接近時,對物透鏡 34即偏離合焦位置,因此,因繞射光通過複合光學元件⑸ 而產生之像散,於分割稜鏡丨64^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ,.? _ 只内丄八射有長軸形成圖 中右上方之橢圓形的繞射光。 此外,、繞射光入射於分割稜鏡164之頂角時,如圖33C所 透鏡34距_之記錄心過料,對物透鏡Μ p肖口焦位置’因此’因繞射光通過複合光學元件⑸ :2像政。於刀賴鏡164之頂角上入射有長軸形成圖 中左上方之橢圓形的繞射光。 因此’於對物透鏡34偏離合焦位置的狀態下,繞射光入 -68- 200306548 射於分割稜鏡164之頂角時,分割稜鏡164之彼此相對之兩 、、且周面x9 ’ X"與周面Χι。,χ"上,係區分成於一組之各周面 上入射繞射光之大部分,並且於另一組之各周面上入射極 少的繞射光。 亦即,如圖33Α所示,形成擴圓形之繞射光入射之分割棱 鏡1 Μ上,繞射光之大部分入射於一組相對之各周面&,X" ’並且繞射光之極少部分入射於一組相對之各周面A。〜 。此外,如圖33C所示,形成橢圓形之繞射光人射之分㈣ 鏡164上,繞射光之大部分入射於一組之各周面 亚且繞射光之極少部分入射於-組相對之各周面X9, Χπ。 ―被第-繞射光柵161分割之〇次光中自光碟2射回之光,被 弟二繞射光栅162繞射而形成]次光,藉由該·i次光分別入 射於分割稜鏡164之各周面X9, Xiq,&,&而折射於各不 同方向,因此被分割成4條射回光,並分別入射於受光部M2 之主射束用光檢測器171之各受光區域…C4,1。 而如圖34A及圖34C所tf,主射束用光檢測器17l之 彼此相對之兩組各受光區域a4’ q與各受光區域^ ^之一 組之各受光區域接受之受光量變多,並且另一組之 區域接受之受光量變少。 亦即’圖34A所示之橢圓形繞射光入射於分割稜鏡164時 ,主射束用光檢測器171如圖34A所示,相對之各受光區域 a4,c4接受之受光量變多’並且相對之各受光區域、〜接 …光量變少。如圖3化所示之橢圓形繞射光入射於分割 稜鏡164時’主射束用光檢測器m如圖⑽所示,相對之各 -69- 200306548 :光區域b4:d4接受之受光量變多’並且相對之各受光區 域“,C4接受之受光量變少。 圖33B所示之圓形繞射光入射於分割稜鏡丨64之頂角時, 主射束用光檢測器m如圖34B所示,相對之光 與各受光區域、,心之各受光量相等。 — 因此,主射束用光檢測器171,於各受光區域^ Α分別檢測之各輸出為SanSc4,Sd4時,聚焦錯誤 “ #uFE可如以下所示之公式25計算。 (25) FE = (Sa4 + Sc4)-(Sb4 + Sd4) 亦即,主射束用光檢測器171於對物透鏡“對於光碟2之 ^錄面2、a位於合焦位置時,#由公式25運算出之聚焦錯誤 L 束用光檢測器171於對物透鏡Μ與光碟2 之記錄面過近時,聚焦錯誤信細為正,且對物透鏡34 距光碟2之記錄®2a過遠時,聚焦錯誤信號邱為負。 士以上所述’叉光部152之主射束用光檢測器⑺係藉由 分別入射於各受光區域a h 〆4 、,C4,d4之各射束點之輸出而 獲得聚焦錯誤信號FE並且獲得再生信號。 此外,一組之各側方射束用光檢測器i72,in以各受光 區域e4,f4 ’ g4 ’ h4接党自光碟諸回之光中被第—繞射光 柵161所分割之±1次光之各受光量。 因此,側方射束用光檢測器^’⑺之各受光區域ha ,§4’1^分別檢測之各輪出為^4,卟,〜,叫時,追縱 錯誤信號TE可如以下所示之公式26計算。 -70- • (26) 200306548 TE = (Sa4 + Sc4)_(Sb4 + Sd4) -a((Se4-Sf4) + (Sg4_Sh4)) 如上所述,光碟裝置丨依據藉由具有光學系統i5〇之光學 拾取裝置3所獲得之聚焦錯誤信號冗及追蹤錯誤信號te, 伺服電路10控制透鏡驅動機構,藉由使對物透鏡34分別驅 動變位於聚焦方向及追蹤方向,使射出光合焦於光碟2之記 錄面2a上,自光碟2再生資訊。 如上所述,光碟裝置丨之具有光學系統15〇之光學拾取裝 置3藉由具有複合光學元件i 5 i,其係設有、繞射自光碟2 射回之光之第_繞射光柵i 62 ;及將被該第二繞射光柵1 62 所繞射之+1次光作為射回光,進一步繞射該射回光之全息 兀件1 63 ’即使因周圍溫度變化造成自光源6 1射出之射出光 之振盪波長的變動,仍可導向適切的位置,並且可藉由全 息元件1 63適切補正像散量。 因而光碟裝置1如複合光學元件i 5 J等使用不增加零件數 量之簡單構造的光學拾取裝置,可使所獲得之聚焦錯誤信 號FE的可靠性提高。 此外,由於光碟裝置!於具有光學系統15〇之光學拾取裝 置3中具備僅以複合光學以151分離射出光與射回光,補 正因自光源61射出之射出光之波長變動產生之光程變動, 並且補正像散量的功能’因此可使光學零件數量保持在必 要最小限度’簡化光學系統15〇之構造,促進小型化,並且 降低製造成本。 的光學系統1 5 0具有 由於光碟裝置1之光學拾取裝置3内 -71 - 200306548 促使製造成本降低 稷合光學元件151,因此可提高生產性 ’並提高可靠性。 再者,光碟裝置1藉由圖28所 合光學元侔<尤予拾取裝置3具有複 。九予π件151,該複合光學元件ΐ5ι具有 之光的分割稜鏡164,其與藉由主射、1 2射回 分割射束點的形式比較,錄光程上㈣==之分割線 接受經分割棱鏡164分割之4條射回光之 主== 光檢測器”1之各受光區域a4,b4,C4,丄束用 小,而放寬主射束用光檢測器171之分4等广疋的大 精密度。 刀口J位置寻上所要求的 因而’光碟褒置】可降低光學拾取裝置3之 測器1 71的萝i生忐士 、, %果用光才欢 成本’亚且於光學拾取裝置3製造步驟中容 订射束用光檢測器171之位置調整, 聚焦錯誤信號FE的可靠性。 门斤獲仔之 另外,光碟襄置1為求於上述之光學拾取裝置3 焦錯誤信號FE,係採用所叩德私土 又于水 竹、抹用所明像散法,不過亦可 等其他檢測方法。 又用傅科法 件:碟不易構成如上述之複合光學元件⑸的丨個元 :猎彳纟光學元件形成個別地與上述相同之配置的 光m當然亦可獲得同樣的功能。 另外丄相關業者瞭解本發明並不限定於參照圖式而說明 之上述實施例,只要不脫離下述t請專利範圍及其主旨, 可作各種變更、替換或其同等作法。 -72- 200306548 產業上之利用可行性 、二上所述’本發明之光學拾取裝置於光碟裝置中,將该 稷5先學元件用於光學拾取," 使掣袢屮士攸, u此J徒巧生產性,促 成本p牛低’並提高聚焦錯誤信號的可靠性 再者’本發明之光碟裝置係將該複合光 拾取裝置,因此可揾离吐吝 用於先子 古取隹扭_ ° 性,促使製造成本降低,並提 阿來焦錯誤信號的可靠性。 使用於本發明之光學拾取裝 八μ ώ # 听衣置之先學I置错由繞射元件 刀離自光碟射回之光時,係蕤 知猎由波長受動補正機構補正因 目光源射出之射出光之波長變、重 ^ . 贡又勁&成之光程偏差,可適切 地將光導向受光機構,因此可裎古 u此T k回先碟裝置之聚焦錯誤信 戒的可靠性。 本發明之其他光學裝置於將自光碟射回之光與射出光之 光程分離時,係以形成最佳之像散量的方式作補正,因此 :形成良好之導向光分割機構之射回光的形狀,因此可提 高光碟裝置之聚焦錯誤信號的可靠性。 本發明之複合光學元件於光碟裝置中係將該複合光學元 件用於光學拾取裝置,因此可提高生產性,促使製造成本 降低,並提高聚焦錯誤信號的可靠性。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1係顯示先前之光學拾取裝置具備之光學系統的側面 圖。 圖2A至圖2C係顯示先前之光學系統具有之主射束用光 檢測器之各受光區域之射束點,圖2A係顯示對物透鏡接近 -73 - 200306548 —票勺狀心’圖2B係顯示對物透鏡位於合焦位置之狀態, 圖2C係顯示對物透鏡遠離光碟之狀態圖。 圖3係顯示射束點之中心對先前之光學系統之主射束用 光檢測器之受光面中央偏差的狀態圖。 圖4係顯不本發明之光碟裝置的構造概略圖。 圖5係顯不光碟裝置具備之光學拾取裝置的光學系統概 略圖。 圖6係設於光學拾取裝置之光學系統内之複合光學元件 的斜視圖。 圖7係顯示設於光學拾取裝置之光學系統之複合光學元 件内之射回光之光程的斜視圖。 圖8係設於光學拾取裝置之光學系統之複合光學元件内 之射回光之光程變動的說明圖。 圖9係設於光學拾取裝置之光學系統之受光部之主射束 用光檢測器及側方射束用光檢測器的說明圖。 圖10A至圖10C係顯示光學拾取裝置具有之主射束用光 才欢測為之各受光區域之射束點,圖1 0 A係顯示對物透鏡接近 光碟的狀態,圖1 0B係顯示對物透鏡位於合焦位置之狀態, 圖10 C係顯示對物透鏡遠離光碟之狀態圖。 圖Π係顯示光碟装置具備之光學拾取裝置之其他光學系 統的概略圖。 圖12係設於圖11所示之光學拾取裝置之其他光學系統内 之複合光學元件的斜視圖。 圖13係說明設於圖11所示之光學拾取裝置之其他光學系 -74- 200306548 統之複合光學元件内之分割稜鏡的斜視圖。 圖14係自射回光之入射面側觀察設於圖11所示之光學拾 取裝置之其他光學系統之複合光學元件内之分割稜鏡圖。 圖15係設於圖u所示之光學拾取裝置之其他光學系統内 之受光部之主射束用光檢測器及側方射束用光檢測器的說 明圖。 圖16係顯示具有與圖u所示之光學拾取裝置之其他光學 系統之複合光學元件具有之分割稜鏡同等功能的光柵平面 圖。 圖17A至圖17C係顯示入射於圖u所示之光學拾取裝置 之複合光學元件具有之分割棱鏡的繞射光’圖nA係顯示對 物透鏡接近光碟的狀態,圖17B係顯示對物透鏡位於合焦位 置之狀態,圖17C係顯示對物透鏡遠離光碟之狀態圖。 圖18A至圖18C係顯示圖Π所示之光學拾取裝置具有之 主射束用光檢測為之各受光區域之射束點,圖丨8 A係顯示對 物透鏡接近光碟的狀態,圖18B係顯示對物透鏡位於合焦位 置之狀態,圖1 8 C係顯示對物透鏡遠離光碟之狀熊圖。 圖19係顯示光碟裝置具備之光學拾取裝置之其他光學系 統的概略圖。 圖20係說明設於圖19所示之光學拾取裝置之其他光學系 統内之分割稜鏡的斜視圖。 圖21係說明設於圖19所示之光學拾取裝置之其他光學系 統内之分割稜鏡的側面圖。 圖2 2係設於圖19所示之光學拾取裝置之其他光學系統内 -75- 200306548 之受光部之主射束用光檢測器及側方射束用檢測器的說明 圖0 圖23A至圖23C係顯示入射於圖19所示之光學拾取裝置 之複合光學元件具有之分割稜鏡的繞射光,圖23 A係顯示對 物透鏡接近光碟的狀態,圖23B係顯示對物透鏡位於合焦位 置之狀怨,圖2 3 C係顯示對物透鏡遠離光碟之狀態圖。 圖24A至圖24C係顯示圖19所示之光學拾取裝置具有之 主射束用光檢測之各受光區域之射束點,圖24A係顯示對 物透鏡接近光碟的狀態,圖24B係顯示對物透鏡位於合焦位 置之狀悲,圖24C係顯示對物透鏡遠離光碟之狀態圖。 圖25係顯示光碟裝置具備之光學拾取裝置之另外光學系 統的概略圖。 圖26係,、、、員示光碟叙置具備之光學拾取裝置之另外光學系 統的概略圖。 圖27 ir…、、、員不光碟裝置具備之光學拾取裝置之另外光 統的概略圖。 # 圖28係顯示“裝置具備之光學拾取裝置之另外光學系 圖29係設於圖28所示之光學拾取裝 複合光學元件的斜視圖。 圖3—0係說明設於圖28所示之光學拾取裝置之其他光學 統之複口光學70件内之分割稜鏡的斜視圖。 :3=射回光之入射面側觀察設於圖28所示之光學 衣 八他光學系統之複合光學元件内的分割稜鏡圖 -76- 200306548The optical system of the optical pickup device 3 has a sequence of H and. #, S Figures ~ 8, according to light and light. First source 61, which emits a laser element ⑸, which is divided from the light source 61 :, The light returned by the composite light 2 is separated from the emitted light, and the light is reflected back from the disc; the aperture diaphragm 33 ^ knife brake 舁 the light separation element ⑸ shot, ⑸ from light source 61 The numerical aperture NA that is emitted and passes through the composite light 1; the output light that is condensed on the objective lens face 2al t circle 33 is condensed on the recording surface 2a of the optical disc 2, and the light receiving portion 152.1v, which is connected to the optical disc 2 The light that shoots back. The light source 61 is a semiconductor laser having light from the mouth of the light emitting point 61a. The emission wavelength is as shown in FIG. 28 and FIG. 29. The laser beam r U η ^ ^ ^ yu Xianfan 151 is formed into a block shape by emitting a shaped tree moon, and X, , 有 · 郇 近前 源 61, and shot t 纟 + ψ $ + ^ from the hair light spot 6 1 a of this / soap. 盥 Xi Yi ―; the first surface 153 that is orthogonal to the emitted light axis "" The second face 153 is parallel to the second face 154 opposite to each other; the first face 4 inclined at a certain angle and is inclined only K ...; and perpendicular to the first face 153 and the second face, and to the third face 5 5 Only lc, 1 mile and 1 ounce needle know the angle, and the fourth face is 15 6 °. The self-light source is set on the brother-face 153. The light emitting point is divided into 0 times light and ± 1 attack: ^ Body Ding First out of the first — a first diffraction grating 1 6 1 to discuss the beam 150 to obtain the tracking error signal TE, the so-called DPp method -61-200306548, and by the light receiving unit 152 to receive the first The diffractive grating 161 is divided into ± 1 times of light for tracking servo configuration. The first surface 1 54 is provided with a second diffraction grating 丨 62, which is used to make the light reflected from the optical disk 2 be the first diffraction grating. 161 minutes The 0th-order light and ± 1st-order light diffraction are further divided into 0th-order light and earth-order light, and if the + 1th-order light is used as the reflected light and the light path of the emitted light, the second path is separated. A holographic element 163 is provided on the optical path of the reflected light separated by the second diffraction grating 162, so that the reflected light is reflected and diffracted, and further divided into 0-order light and earth-order light. For example, the "secondary light" is used as the reflected light to correct the optical path variation generated by the second diffraction grating 1 62 to further correct the amount of astigmatism. . The Hai Wang Xi element 1 63 is provided with a specific reflective film on the third surface 1 5 in a manner of total reflection of incident incident light, and functions as a so-called reflective holographic element. The hologram element 163 is formed by etching a specific hologram pattern. When the hologram element 163 is used, it is preferably a surface relief type hologram or a blazed hologram to improve diffraction efficiency. The fourth face 156 is provided with a division chirp 164, which corrects the optical path variation by the hologram element 163, and is located on the optical path of the reflected light, and divides the returned light into 4 parts. As shown in Fig. 30 and Fig. 31, the edge division 稜鏡 1 64 is formed into a roughly regular quadrangular pyramid shape, and is reflected and diffracted by the holographic element 163-the secondary light is at the focal point or near the focal point of the diffracted light. The center of the diffracted light is arranged so as to be incident on the center of the vertex of the regular quadrangular pyramid. The division 稜鏡 1 64 is located inside the composite optical element 151, and is disposed toward the vertex angle on the inside side. That is, the division 稜鏡] 64 is diffracted by the 0th light of the three beams divided by the first diffraction grating -62- 200306548 161 by the second diffraction grating "a, and is reflected and diffracted by the holographic element 163 And 入射 are arranged in such a way that they are incident at the apex angle. In addition, ^ division 稜鏡 164 is arranged with the bottom face of a regular quadrangular pyramid facing the optical axis of the -1st-order light reflected and diffracted by the hologram 163 orthogonally. The reflected light separated by the second diffraction grating 162 passes through, and only a specific amount of the moonlight complex optical element 1 5 1 is given to the reflected light incident on the divided beam 64 1 1 by adjusting the light source 6 1 The position of the emitted light in the direction of the optical axis can easily adjust the defocus of the optical disc 2. The composite optical element 1 5 1 is formed by emitting a molding resin material. Other forming methods can also be performed by etching. The first diffraction grating 161, the second diffraction grating 162, the holographic element 163, and the division 稜鏡 η # may be formed by machining. In addition, the material forming the composite optical element ΐ5ι is not limited to a resin material. , Can also use transparent glass material In addition, the optical structure can also be changed locally by combining these optical materials. At this time, the composite optical element 151, the composite optical element 32, and the composite optical element 62 are described in the same way as in the second calculation. The diffracted light tree 162 and the holographic element ⑹ 之 光 # constant and the angle formed by the third surface 155 and the second surface 154 are used to design the composite optical element 151 ′. The returned light is guided to the vertex angle of the division 稜鏡 164. In addition, the composite optical element 151 is the same as the above-mentioned optical system 100, 12, and 13; The element 1 67 'is corrected in such a manner that the optimal astigmatism amount is formed on the focal servo. The composite optical element 151 thus designed is changed in the wavelength of the emitted light from the light source 61-63- 200306548, and τ Α ί β, a fill W soil $ 'The light returned from the disc 2 changes the optical path of the second diffraction grating 162, and the second light of the separation is reflected and diffracted by: 二; Into -1, ', the reflected light always leads to the division 稜鏡 1 The apex angle of 64, grid: =: = composite ... The second diffractive light lens of 151 is called at least one convex lens, and it will converge the light emitted from the light source 61: and focused by the aperture 33. The light is arranged on the optical disc 2. As shown in FIG. 32, the incense umbrellas are all square shaped main beams that receive the main beams of the main beam of the first diffraction grating 161 with a photodetector. It also breaks the two sides of the first-order light divided by the first diffraction grating 161 and the two sides of the first beam, and the roughly square side beams use photodetectors 72, 73. The light receiving arrangement is corresponding to The position of each of the reflected light is divided by the division 稜鏡 4 of the optical element 151. Light-receiving section} 52 is provided with a centrally-shaped and roughly square photodetector 主 for the main beam, and the main-beam photodetector 171 is sandwiched therebetween and is positioned on one of the two sides of the roughly square group Square beam photodetectors 172, 173. In addition, the main beam photodetector 171 of the% light section 152 has light receiving areas a4, b4, c4, and d4 divided into four equal parts by a set of division lines that are straight to each other. Each light-receiving area h t 4 b4 C4 is irradiated with the respective reflected light divided into four parts by the segmentation 稜鏡 164 in the heart. -64- 200306548 The side of the light receiving unit 1 5 2 is divided by the mt μ & beam photodetectors 172 and 173 into I # secant lines and divided into two halves. First & domain ~, dagger, and light receiving area g4, h4. Gu Youguang In the fields e 4, f 4, A_44 · t, A > ..., $ should be divided by the first diffraction grating 161-a shot of the light returned by the human light from the optical disc 2 corresponds to Became the first diffraction ^ each first & domain g4, within the dagger, +, the first light divided by ± 1 times the light from the light 的 2 the other side of the light returned. The optical pickup device 3 has a transflective mirror drive mechanism that has: a lens holder that holds the objective lens and supports the lens at Shilikou ^, and the brothers can focus parallel to the optical axis of the objective lens 34 Direction and Orthogonal Dimensions 4 ά Straight and shifted in one of the axial directions of the tracking direction of the optical axis of the objective lens M — add /, components, and make the lens support and drive by electromagnetic force Change is located in the second axis Fang Di Shi. The door's fast magnetic drive unit, but it is not shown on the picture = the drive mechanism misfocuses the μ number and the side beam light detector according to the main beam photodetector ΐ7ι detection of the light receiving unit 152! 7 2, i 7 3 detected = vertical error signal, respectively, driving the objective lens 34 in the focusing direction and: the vertical direction 'focuses the output light on the recording surface of the optical disc 2 ~ the recording track'; in addition, the aforementioned composite optical element 151 The division 稜鏡 164 can also be formed as a 0 pyramid. In this case, the photodetector for the main beam of the light-receiving section 152 can be divided into eight parts by a dividing line radiating radially from the center of the light-receiving surface. In addition, the division 稜鏡 1 64 of the composite optical element 151 is arranged on the inner side of the four sides 156, but the fourth side 156 may be provided on the side of the fourth side. The division 稜鏡 164 of the composite optical element 151 is not limited to a pyramid having a flat surface, and may be formed into a shape having a plurality of curved surfaces. In this case, -65-200306548, it is set to correspond to the divided area of the main beam photodetector 171 of the light receiving unit 152. Furthermore, the composite optical element 151 can also be formed by using the first diffraction grating 161 and the second diffraction grating 162 as holographic elements, respectively, and processing a specific holographic pattern. In the case of using a holographic element, a surface relief type hologram should be used, or a blaze hologram can be used to improve diffraction efficiency. The same effect can be obtained by using the composite optical element 1 51 as shown in FIG. 16 by using a grating 79 divided into four regions instead of the division chirp 164. At this time, in order to obtain the same effect as the division 稜鏡 164, the grating 79 is provided with divided regions w, y2, ys, and y4, and the directions of forming grooves in the divided regions yi, h, ys, and h are different. Specifically, a, the direction in which the grooves of the divided areas y i and y 3 are formed and the direction in which the grooves of the divided areas y2 and y4 are formed are orthogonal to each other. The grating 79 diffracts and divides the light returned by the incident disc 2 into four parts in accordance with the groove directions and grating constants of each divided area y! '' Ys' y4 and guides the light detector for the main beam of the light receiving section 152 171. The grating 79 is formed as a hologram element by a hologram pattern specific to the etching process. In addition, when a holographic element is used, a surface relief type hologram is preferable, and a holographic hologram may also be used to improve the diffraction efficiency. Furthermore, the composite optical element 151 can also be designed to have a reflective surface inside, so that by using the reflective surface, the degree of freedom in optical design can be improved by bending the optical path. Furthermore, since the composite optical element 151 makes the incident angle of the light incident from the optical disc 2 incident on the division 稜鏡 164 to 45 for each surface of the division 稜鏡 164. In the following, the inclination angles of the faces dividing the 稜鏡 164 will also be 45. In the following, ~ 66-200306548 to avoid incident incident rays that first violate the total reflection condition. Therefore, it can separate the beam point interval of the light that is reflected by σ + θ plus refraction Φ Α σ.可 _ Large main beam photodetector 171 has been enlarged within ^. 1 The gap between the knife-edge area of the main beam and the main detector for the first detector m and the side beam are detected by light: using a wide optical pickup device 3 Combined precision. 173 can be equipped with the above-mentioned apricot and ^ a a set 1 by self-beam 2: non-learning pickup device 3 optical disc installation 2 light emitted by the first disc 2 'according to the optical pickup error & No. and tracking error, ^ 〇〇 ^^ ^ One of the optical pickup device 3 axis: "1 circuit 1. Output control signals to the central ... two-axis actuation " driven by the objective lens 34 and changed to light 2 In the direction of the required recording, the emitted light passes through the required recording path of the objective lens = 2. The optical disc device was previously demodulated by the signal 2 and the wrong #correction circuit U to demodulate the optical pickup 3 signal and correct the error. = Signal. Duanmu " The surface 14 outputs the reproduced light Si Zhiguang with the return light Γ of the optical pickup device 3 with the above-mentioned optical system 15 °. The meal photo illustrates the emission in the optical pickup device 3. Light and light, free light optical disc device 1 When the information is reproduced from the recording surface 2a of the optical disc 2, the light emitted from the source 61 is transmitted through the composite optical element. The light is divided into three packages including W-order light and ± 1-order light. Beam. The light emitted by 3 beams passes through the second optical element of the composite optical element. The objective lens 34 is focused on the recording surface of the optical disc 2. The light returned from the recording surface 2a of the optical disc 2 is guided by the second optical element diffracted by the second diffracted light thumb 162 to introduce the light directed toward the third side. In the process, +1 times -67. 200306548 The light is incident on the holographic element 1 6 3. The λ 4 is incident on the holographic element 1 63 and the +1 order light from the second diffraction grating 162 is entered from a hunter and reflected by the holographic element 163 And diffraction, the _ 丨 time light is incident on the top angle of the segmentation 稜鏡 1 64. This is only a month, and the second diffracted light in the holographic element 163 + 1 2 + 1 light makes up two μ 1 罘The optical path variation of a diffraction grating 16 2 and correction of the astigmatism amount. A ^ shot at the -1 angle of the top angle of the regular quadrangular pyramid which is cut 1 64 is shot from the peripheral surfaces of the regular quadrangular pyramid respectively. The sub-refractions are respectively refracted in different directions, and the sub-reflection is divided into four reflected light, and the light receiving areas a4, b4, C4, d4 of the main beam photodetector 照射, which are respectively irradiated to the receiver 152. Wang Xin 7L piece 16-3 diffraction diffracted light incident on the vertex angle of the split 稜鏡 ⑹: As shown in the old 3A, the recording center of the objective lens along the disc 2 is located at the position k "At the top corner of the cutting 164, people shot back light that formed a roughly circular shape. In addition, the diffracted light is incident on the ^^ 宝 | # 1. When the top angle of the mouth mirror 164 is as shown in FIG. 33A, when the objective lens 34 and the recording surface h of the optical disc 2 are too close, the objective lens 34 is Deviation from the focal position, as a result of the astigmatism generated by the diffracted light passing through the composite optical element ⑸, in the division 稜鏡 丨 64 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^,.? _ Only the inner axis has a long axis forming the upper right of the figure Square ellipsoidal diffracted light. In addition, when the diffracted light is incident on the vertex angle of the segmentation 稜鏡 164, as shown in FIG. 33C, the lens 34 passes through the center of the lens, and the focal position of the objective lens M p is 'so' because the diffracted light passes through the composite optical element ⑸: 2 like politics. An ellipsoidal diffracted light with a long axis forming the upper left in the figure is incident on the top corner of the knife mirror 164. Therefore, in the state where the objective lens 34 is deviated from the in-focus position, the diffracted light enters -68- 200306548 at the top angle of the division 稜鏡 164, and the division 稜鏡 164 is opposite to each other, and the peripheral surface is x9 'X " With the surrounding surface Xι. On the χ ", it is distinguished that most of the incident diffracted light is incident on the peripheral surfaces of one group, and very little incident light is incident on the peripheral surfaces of the other group. That is, as shown in FIG. 33A, on the split prism 1M where the rounded diffracted light is incident, most of the diffracted light is incident on a set of opposite peripheral surfaces &, X " and a very small part of the diffracted light It is incident on a set of opposite peripheral surfaces A. ~. In addition, as shown in FIG. 33C, the elliptical diffracted light on the human splitter mirror 164, most of the diffracted light is incident on the peripheral surfaces of a group and a very small part of the diffracted light is incident on each of the-groups opposite Perimeter X9, χπ. ―The light returned from the disc 2 among the 0th light divided by the first-diffraction grating 161 is formed by being diffracted by the second-diffraction grating 162], and the · i-th light is incident on the division 稜鏡Each of the peripheral surfaces X9, Xiq, & of 164 is refracted in different directions, so it is divided into four pieces of reflected light, and is incident on each of the main beam photodetectors 171 of the light receiving section M2. Zone ... C4,1. As shown in tf in FIGS. 34A and 34C, the two light receiving areas a4 ′ q and the light receiving areas ^ ^ of the two groups facing each other of the main beam photodetector 17l receive more light receiving amounts, and The area of the other group receives less light. In other words, when the elliptical diffracted light shown in FIG. 34A is incident on the division 稜鏡 164, the main beam photodetector 171 is shown in FIG. 34A, and the amount of light received by each of the light receiving areas a4 and c4 increases. Each of the light-receiving areas, ..., ..., the amount of light is reduced. When the elliptical diffracted light as shown in Fig. 3 is incident on the division 稜鏡 164, the photodetector m for the main beam is shown in Fig. 相对, and the relative amount of light received by the light region b4: d4 varies as shown in Fig. ⑽. More 'and the amount of light received by C4 is smaller than that of each light receiving area. When the circular diffracted light shown in FIG. 33B is incident on the top angle of the division 稜鏡 64, the photodetector m for the main beam is as shown in FIG. 34B. It shows that the relative light is equal to each light-receiving area and the light-receiving amount of the heart. — Therefore, when the main beam photodetector 171 detects SanSc4 and Sd4 when the output of each light-receiving area ^ A is out of focus, " #uFE can be calculated as shown in Equation 25 below. (25) FE = (Sa4 + Sc4)-(Sb4 + Sd4) That is, when the main beam photodetector 171 is positioned on the objective lens "for the recording surface 2 of disc 2 and a is in the focal position, # 由When the focus error L-beam photodetector 171 calculated by Equation 25 is too close to the objective lens M and the recording surface of the disc 2, the focus error message is positive and the objective lens 34 is too far away from the record 2a of the disc 2 At this time, the focus error signal Qiu is negative. The light detector for the main beam of the fork light unit 152 described above is made by incident on each of the beam points ah 〆 4,, C4, and d4 respectively. Output to obtain the focus error signal FE and obtain the reproduced signal. In addition, the photodetectors i72, in of each side beam of a group are received by the light from the optical discs with the light receiving areas e4, f4 'g4' h4. The first-received light quantity of the first-order light divided by the diffraction grating 161. Therefore, each light-receiving area ha of the light detector ^ '⑺ for the side beam is ^ 4'1. 4. When the porphyrin, ~, is called, the tracking error signal TE can be calculated as shown in Formula 26 below. -70- • (26) 200306548 TE = (Sa4 + Sc4) _ (Sb4 + Sd4) -a ((Se4-Sf4) + (Sg4_Sh4)) As mentioned above, the optical disc device 丨 according to the focus error signal redundancy and tracking error signal te obtained by the optical pickup device 3 with the optical system i50, the servo circuit 10 controls The lens driving mechanism drives the objective lens 34 to be located in the focusing direction and the tracking direction, respectively, so that the emitted light is focused on the recording surface 2a of the optical disc 2, and information is reproduced from the optical disc 2. As described above, the optical disc device has optical The optical pickup device 3 of the system 15 has a composite optical element i 5 i, which is provided with a first diffraction grating i 62 which is diffracted by the light returned from the optical disc 2; and is to be subjected to the second diffraction grating 1 62 diffracted +1 times of light is used as the reflected light, and the holographic element diffracting the returned light 1 63 'even if the fluctuation of the oscillation wavelength of the emitted light from the light source 6 1 due to a change in ambient temperature, It can be guided to the appropriate position, and the astigmatism can be appropriately corrected by the hologram element 1 63. Therefore, the optical disc device 1 such as the composite optical element i 5 J can use an optical pickup device with a simple structure without increasing the number of parts. Focus error The reliability of No. FE is improved. In addition, due to the optical disc device! The optical pickup device 3 having the optical system 15 is provided with a composite optical lens that separates the emitted light and the returned light by 151, and compensates for the emitted light emitted from the light source 61. The function of optical path variation due to wavelength variation and the correction of astigmatism 'so that the number of optical components can be kept to the minimum necessary' simplifies the structure of the optical system 15, promotes miniaturization, and reduces manufacturing costs. Optical system 1 5 0-71-200306548 in the optical pickup device 3 of the optical disc device 1 contributes to a reduction in manufacturing cost and incorporates the optical element 151, thereby improving productivity and reliability. The optical disc device 1 has a complex optical pickup unit < especially a pickup device 3 as shown in FIG. 28. Nine to π piece 151, the composite optical element ΐ5ι has a light division 稜鏡 164, which is compared with the form of the main beam and 12 beam back to the split beam point. The division line on the recording path ㈣ == accepts The four main beams of the returned light divided by the division prism 164 == the light detectors "1" of each light receiving area a4, b4, C4, the chirped beam is small, and the main beam is widened with the light detector 171 divided by 4 The high precision of the blade. The "disc set" required for the positioning of the knife edge J position can reduce the cost of the optical pickup device 3 of the measuring device 1 71, and the cost of using the light is high. In the manufacturing steps of the optical pickup device 3, the position of the beam detector 171 is adjusted, and the reliability of the focus error signal FE is obtained. In addition, the optical disc 1 is set to obtain the focus error of the optical pickup device 3 described above. The signal FE adopts the astigmatism method used in private soil and water bamboo and wipes, but other detection methods can also be waited for. The Foucault method is also used: the disc is not easy to form a composite optical element as described above. Units: Falcon optical elements form light m individually in the same configuration as above The same function can be obtained. In addition, relevant industry players understand that the present invention is not limited to the above-mentioned embodiments described with reference to the drawings. Various changes, substitutions, or equivalents can be made without departing from the scope and spirit of the patents described below. -72- 200306548 Feasibility of industrial utilization, the above-mentioned 'The optical pickup device of the present invention is used in an optical disk device, and the first 5 elements of the present invention are used for optical pickup.' This J is very productive, promotes low cost and low reliability, and improves the reliability of the focus error signal. Furthermore, the optical disc device of the present invention is a composite optical pickup device, so it can be used for pre-exposure. Twistability, promotes the reduction of manufacturing cost, and improves the reliability of the Alejo error signal. The optical pickup device used in the present invention is eight micrometers. When returning light, the system knows that the wavelength of the light emitted by the light source is changed and re-adjusted by the wavelength-driven correction mechanism. Gong Youjin & Cheng's optical path deviation can appropriately guide the light to the light receiving mechanism. So can u The reliability of this T k return disc device's focus error signal ring. Other optical devices of the present invention are used to form the optimal astigmatism amount when separating the light path returned from the optical disc from the optical path of the emitted light. Therefore, the shape of the returned light guided by the light-splitting mechanism can be formed to improve the reliability of the focus error signal of the optical disc device. The composite optical element of the present invention is used in the optical disc device. In the optical pickup device, the productivity can be improved, the manufacturing cost can be reduced, and the reliability of the focus error signal can be improved. [Brief Description of the Drawings] FIG. 1 is a side view showing an optical system of a conventional optical pickup device. FIG. 2A Fig. 2C shows the beam points of each light receiving area of the main beam photodetector of the previous optical system, and Fig. 2A shows that the objective lens is close to -73-200306548-ticket spoon-shaped heart. Fig. 2B shows The state where the objective lens is in the focusing position, FIG. 2C is a diagram showing a state where the objective lens is far from the optical disc. Fig. 3 is a diagram showing a state in which the center of the beam spot deviates from the center of the light-receiving surface of the photodetector for the main beam of the previous optical system. Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram showing the structure of an optical disc device according to the present invention. Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of an optical system of an optical pickup device provided in a disc device. Fig. 6 is a perspective view of a composite optical element provided in an optical system of an optical pickup device. Fig. 7 is a perspective view showing the optical path length of the returned light in the composite optical element of the optical system of the optical pickup device. Fig. 8 is an explanatory diagram of a change in the optical path length of the reflected light in the composite optical element of the optical system of the optical pickup device. Fig. 9 is an explanatory diagram of a main beam photodetector and a side beam photodetector provided in a light receiving section of an optical system of an optical pickup device. FIG. 10A to FIG. 10C show the beam points of each light receiving area measured by the main beam used by the optical pickup device. FIG. 10A shows the state where the objective lens is close to the optical disc, and FIG. 10B shows The state where the objective lens is in focus, FIG. 10C is a diagram showing a state where the objective lens is far from the optical disc. Fig. II is a schematic diagram showing another optical system of an optical pickup device provided in the optical disc device. Fig. 12 is a perspective view of a composite optical element provided in another optical system of the optical pickup device shown in Fig. 11. Fig. 13 is a perspective view illustrating a division frame in a composite optical element of another optical system -74-200306548 of the optical pickup device shown in Fig. 11; Fig. 14 is a division view of a composite optical element provided in the other optical system of the optical pickup device shown in Fig. 11 when viewed from the incident surface side of the reflected light. Fig. 15 is an explanatory diagram of a main beam photodetector and a side beam photodetector provided in the light receiving section of the other optical system of the optical pickup device shown in Fig. U. Fig. 16 is a plan view showing a grating having a function equivalent to that of a division optical element of a composite optical element of another optical system of the optical pickup device shown in Fig. U. FIGS. 17A to 17C show the diffracted light incident on the split prism provided by the composite optical element of the optical pickup device shown in FIG. U. FIG. NA shows the state where the objective lens is close to the optical disc, and FIG. 17B shows the objective lens located at the optical disc. FIG. 17C is a diagram showing a state where the objective lens is far away from the optical disc. FIGS. 18A to 18C show the beam points of the respective light-receiving regions detected by the main beam of the optical pickup device shown in FIG. Π, and FIG. 8A shows the state where the objective lens is close to the optical disc, and FIG. 18B shows Shows the state where the objective lens is in focus. Figure 18 C shows a bear image where the objective lens is away from the disc. Fig. 19 is a schematic diagram showing another optical system of the optical pickup device provided in the optical disc device. Fig. 20 is a perspective view illustrating a division frame provided in another optical system of the optical pickup device shown in Fig. 19; Fig. 21 is a side view illustrating a division frame provided in another optical system of the optical pickup device shown in Fig. 19; Figure 2 2 is an illustration of the main beam photodetector and side beam detector installed in the other optical system of the optical pickup device shown in FIG. 19-2003-06506548. 0 Figure 23A to Figure 23C shows the division of the diffracted light from the composite optical element of the optical pickup device shown in FIG. 19, FIG. 23A shows the state where the objective lens is close to the optical disc, and FIG. 23B shows the objective lens is in focus. Figure 2 3 C shows the state of the objective lens away from the optical disc. FIGS. 24A to 24C show beam points of each light-receiving area detected by the main beam of the optical pickup device shown in FIG. 19 with light detection. FIG. 24A shows a state where the objective lens is close to the optical disc, and FIG. 24B shows an object The lens is in the in-focus position, and FIG. 24C is a diagram showing a state where the objective lens is far from the optical disc. Fig. 25 is a schematic diagram showing another optical system of the optical pickup device provided in the optical disc device. Fig. 26 is a schematic diagram of another optical system of the optical pickup device provided on the optical disc. Fig. 27 is a schematic diagram of another optical system of the optical pickup device provided in the optical disc device. # Fig. 28 shows another optical system of the optical pickup device provided in the device. Fig. 29 is a perspective view of the composite optical element provided in the optical pickup device shown in Fig. 28. Fig. 3-0 shows the optical device provided in Fig. 28. An oblique view of a split beam in 70 pieces of complex optics of other optical systems of the pick-up device.: 3 = Observed on the incident surface side of the reflected light. It is set in the composite optical element of the optical system of the optical clothing shown in FIG. 28. Segmentation Map-76- 200306548

圖32係設於圖28所示之光學拾取裝置之其他光學系統内 之文光部之主射束用光檢測器及側方射束用檢測器的說明 圖33A至圖33C係顯示入射於圖“所示之光學拾取褒置 之複合光學元件具有之分割稜鏡的繞射光,圖33A係顯示對 物透鏡接近光碟的狀態,圖顯示對物透鏡位於合焦位 置之狀悲,圖33C係顯示對物透鏡遠離光碟之狀態圖。 圖34A至圖34C係顯示圖28所示之光學拾取裝置具有之 主射束用光檢測器之各受光區域之射束點,圖3 4 A係顯示對 物透鏡接近光碟的狀態,圖34B係顯示對物透鏡位於合焦位 置之狀態,圖34C係顯示對物透鏡遠離光碟之狀態圖。 【圖式代表符號說明】 31Fig. 32 is an illustration of a main beam photodetector and a side beam detector provided in a text light section of the other optical system of the optical pickup device shown in Fig. 28. Figs. 33A to 33C show incident light. "The split diffracted light possessed by the composite optical element shown in the optical pickup arrangement shown in Fig. 33A shows the state where the objective lens is close to the optical disc, and the figure shows the state where the objective lens is in focus. Fig. 33C shows The object lens is far away from the optical disc. Figs. 34A to 34C show the beam points of each light receiving area of the main beam photodetector of the optical pickup device shown in Fig. 28, and Fig. 3 4A shows the object In the state where the lens is close to the optical disc, FIG. 34B is a diagram showing a state where the objective lens is located at a focusing position, and FIG. 34C is a diagram showing a state where the objective lens is far away from the optical disc.

2,204 FE 61 , 101 , 211 212a 212b 33 , 104 , 214 ΝΑ 34 , 105 , 215 63 , 107 , 152 , 216 受發光一體型元件 光碟 聚焦錯誤信號 光源 三射束用繞射光柵 分束器用繞射光栅 開口光圈 數值孔徑 對物透鏡 受光部 -77- 200306548 a5 , b5 , c5 , d5 , al , bl , cl , dl , Sal , Sbl , Scl , Sdl , a2 , b2 , c2 , d2 , Sa2 , Sb2 , Sc2 ,2,204 FE 61, 101, 211 212a 212b 33, 104, 214 ΝΑ 34, 105, 215 63, 107, 152, 216 Light-receiving integrated element Optical disc focusing error signal light source Three-beam diffraction grating beam splitter Aperture aperture numerical aperture to objective lens light receiving unit -77- 200306548 a5, b5, c5, d5, al, bl, cl, dl, Sal, Sbl, Scl, Sdl, a2, b2, c2, d2, Sa2, Sb2 , Sc2,

Sd2,a3,b3,c3,d3,e3,f3, g3 , h3 , Sa3 , Sb3 , Sc3 , Sd3 , a4 , b4 , c4 , d4 , e4 , f4 , g4 , h4 2a , 205Sd2, a3, b3, c3, d3, e3, f3, g3, h3, Sa3, Sb3, Sc3, Sd3, a4, b4, c4, d4, e4, f4, g4, h4 2a, 205

TE 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 30 , 60 , 100 , 120 , 130 , 140 , 201 32,、62,151 ^ 212 4卜 8卜 103a , 123a , 133a , 143a , 153 受光區域 I己錄面 追蹤錯誤信號 光碟裝置 光學拾取裝置 光碟旋轉驅動機構 傳送機構 控制部 光碟台 心轴馬達 控制電路 伺服電路 驅動控制器 信號解調電路 錯誤訂正電路 介面 光學系統 複合光學元件 第一面 -78- 200306548 42 , 82 , 103b , 123b , 133b , 143 45 , 75 , 161 46 , 76 , 162 47,77 11 51 , 9卜 111 , 171 , 221 52 , 53 , 92 , 93 , 112 , 113 , 172 61a , 101a 83 , 133c , 143c , 155 84 , 133d , 156 133e 64 65 78 , 106 , 164 79 yl , y2 , y3 , y4 xl , x2 , x3 , x4 , x5 , x6 , x7 , x x9 , xlO , xl1 , xl2 102 103 , 123 , 133 , 143 163 , 167 ),154第二面 第一繞射光柵 弟—繞射光拇 第三繞射光柵 光線 主射束用光檢測器 ,173 側方射束用光檢測器 發光點 弟三面 弟四面 弟五面 第一遮光板 弟^一遮光板 分割棱鏡 光柵 分告彳區域 3, 周面 繞射光拇 分束器 全息圖元件 -79-TE 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 30, 60, 100, 120, 130, 140, 201 32, 62, 151 ^ 212 4 8 8 103a, 123a, 133a, 143a, 153 light receiving area I own recording surface tracking error signal disc device optical pickup device disc rotation drive mechanism transmission mechanism control section disc table spindle motor control circuit servo circuit drive controller signal demodulation circuit error correction circuit interface optical system composite optical element first surface -78 -200306548 42, 82, 103b, 123b, 133b, 143 45, 75, 161 46, 76, 162 47, 77 11 51, 9 Bu 111, 171, 221 52, 53, 92, 93, 112, 113, 172 61a , 101a 83, 133c, 143c, 155 84, 133d, 156 133e 64 65 78, 106, 164 79 yl, y2, y3, y4 xl, x2, x3, x4, x5, x6, x7, xx9, xlO , Xl2 102 103, 123, 133, 143 163, 167), 154 second diffraction grating of the first side-diffraction light thumb third diffraction grating light detector for the main beam, 173 light for the side beam Detector Luminous point Three sides, four sides, five sides, first visor, visor, one visor, splitting prism, grating, and reporting area 3. Peripheral diffracted thumb, beam splitter, hologram element -79-

Claims (1)

200306548 拾、申請專利範圍: L 一種光學拾取裝置,其具備: 光源,其係射出特定波長之光,· 對物透鏡,其係將自上述光源 碟上,並且將自上述光碟射回之光之射出光聚光在光 J 學元件’其係具有··繞射元件二自 光源射出之射出光透過,並使自上述光碑射Γ 述 ,及光程變動補正機構,其係 、:先繞射 繞射之射回光入射的位置,補正因自元件所 程變動=Γ 述繞射元件產生之射回光之光 :動而將射回光導向特定位置;及 文光機構,其係於數個受 補正2 又先£域接叉經上述光程變動 2. 3. 4. 钱構補正光程變動後之射回光。 如申请專利範圍第丨 — 尤予拾取I置,其中上述複合 葬ΙΓ之上述繞射元件與上述光程變動補正機構係 精由樹脂材料一體成型。 如申請專利範圍P項之光學拾取裝置,其中上述繞射 凡件係全息元件。 =申叫專利範圍第1項之光學拾取裝置,其中上述光程 又動補正機構係其他繞射元件,並使經上述繞射元件繞 射之射回光進一步繞射。 如申睛專利範圍第4項之光學拾取裝置,其中上述其他 繞射元件係全息元件。 如申請專利範圍第1項之光學拾取裝置,其中上述複合 5· 200306548 光學元件進一击, /、有光分割機構,其係配置於經上述光 程變動補正機槿 ^ 、, 補正光程變動後之射回光入射的位置 ’並將上述射间杰八 .r 刀#彳成數個而導向上述受光機構之各 受光區域。 如申請專利楚。 — 圍弟6項之光學拾取裝置,其中上述複合 8· 9. =件之上述繞射元件、上述光程變動補正機構、及 上述光分割機構係藉由樹脂材料一體成型。 :申請專利範圍第6項之光學拾取裝置,其中上述光分 副機構係藉由數個平面或曲面所構成之稜鏡。 t I明專利乾圍第8項之光學拾取裝置,其中上述複合 光予^件之上述稜鏡形成概略四角錐狀,將經上述光程 變動補正機構補正本 冓補正先耘受動後之射回光分割成4部分, 並且 八^述受光機構接受經上述複合光學元件之上述稜鏡 1 °彳成4部分之各射回光的上述受光區域被分割成4部 分0 1〇· ^申請專利範圍第8項之光學拾取裝置,其中上述稜鏡 形成經上述光程變動補正機構補正光程變動後之射回 光對各面之入射角在45。以下。 u·如:請專利範圍第i項之光學拾取褒置,其中上述複合 光學元件進一步具有反射機構’其係於自上述光源射出 射出光之光程上,使上述射出光反射於上述繞射元件 ,及/或於經上述繞射元件繞射後之射回光之光程上, 使4射回光反射於上述特定位置。 200306548 12·如申請專利範圍第11項之光學拾取裝置,其中上述複合 光本元件之上述繞射元件、上述光程變動補正機構、及 上述反射機構係藉由樹脂材料一體成型。 13·如申請專利範圍第1項之光學拾取裝置,其中上述複合 光學兀件進一步具有另外繞射元件,其係配置於上述光 源及上述繞射元件之間的光程上’並將自上述光源射出 之射出光分割成0次光及土 1次光三個部分, /上述受光機構接受經上述光分割機構分割之各射回 光中#絰上述另外繞射元件所分割之0次光,而獲得聚 焦錯祆信號’並接受經上述另外繞射元件所分割之土i 次光而獲得追蹤錯誤信號。 14· 2請專利範圍第13項之光學拾取裝置,其中上述複合 ^件之上述繞射元件、上述光程變動補正機構、及 以另外繞射元件係藉由樹脂材料-體成型。 15·==利範圍第13項之光學拾取裝置,其中上述另外 射7L件係全息元件。 16·如申請專利範圍 變動補正機構:裝置,其中上述光程 產生的像散自上述光源射出之光束之光程中 17_:申請專利範圍第i項之光學拾取裝置 上、…其係於上述光源與上述繞射元件之間,自 光束。 射出先之先权中遮住有效光束以外的 其中進一步具 1δ·如申請專利範圍第1項之光學拾取裝置 200306548 備遮光機構,其係於藉由上述光程變動補正機構導向特 定位置之射回光之光程中遮住有效光束以外的光束。 19. 一種光學拾取裝置,其特徵為具備: 光源,其係射出特定波長之光; 分束器,其係分離自上述光源射出之射出光與經光碟 反射之射回光之光程,並且於上述射回光之光程中補正 像散量; 對物透鏡,其係將自上述光源射出之射出光聚光在上 述光碟上,並且將自上述光碟射回之光予以聚光; 光分割機構,其係配置於被上述分束器分離之射回光 入射的位置,將上述射回光分割成數個;及 受光機構,其係於數個受光區域接受經上述光分割機 構所分割之數個射回光; 上述光分割機構係由數個平面或曲面所構成之稜鏡。 20. 如申請專利範圍第19項之光學拾取裝置,其中上述棱鏡 形成概略四角錐狀,將經上述光程變動補正機構補正光 程變動後之射回光分割成4部分。 21. 如申請專利範圍第20項之光學拾取裝置,其中上述稜鏡 形成經光程分離元件所分離之射回光對各面之入射角 在4 5。以下。 22. 如申請專利範圍第1 9項之光學拾取裝置,其中進一步具 備反射機構,其係於自上述光源射出之射出光之光程上 ,使該射出光反射於上述光程分離元件,及/或於經上 述光程分離元件分離後之射回光之光程上,使上述射回 200306548 光反射於上述特定位置。 23. 如申請專利範圍第20項之光學拾取裳置,其中進—+具 備另外繞射元件,其係配置於上述光源及上離 元件之間的光程上,並將自上述光源射出之射出光分割 成〇次光及it 1次光三個部分。 24. 如申請專利範圍第19項之光學拾取裝置,#巾4上述八 束器形成包含第一面及第二面之概略平板狀,並以:: 第一面反射自上述光源射出之射出光,並且使射回之光 束同時透過上述第一面及第二面。 A如中請專利範圍第19項之光學拾取裝置,其中上述分束 器形成包含第一面及第二面之概略平板狀,並以上述第 -面反射自上述光源射出之射出光,並且使射回光自上 述第一面入射,以上述第二面反射,再透過上述第一面。 26. W請專利範圍第19項之光學拾取裝置,其中上述分束 器至少包含第一面、第二面及第三面,並將此等面配置 成概略等腰三角形狀而形成,以上述第一面反射自上述 光源射出之射出光’並且使射回光自上述第一面入射, 以上述第二面反射,而透過上述第三面。 27. 如申請專利範圍第19項之光學拾取裝置,其中進一步具 備遮光機構’其係於上述光源與上述分束器之間,自上 述光源射出之射屮氺> & > ^, 耵出光之先权中遮住有效光束以外的光 束。 2δ.如申請專利範圍第19項之光學拾取裝置,其中進一步具 備遮光機構’其係於藉由上述分束器分離之射回光之光 200306548 程中遮住有效光束以外的光束。 29. -種光碟裝置,其具備;光學拾取裝置,其係對 :及/或再生貝aK ’及光碟紋轉驅動機構’其係轉 動上述光碟;其特徵為: 锝驅 之^述光學拾取裝置之具有:光源,其係射出特定波長 對物透鏡’其係將自上述光源射出之射出 述光碟上,並且將自上述光碟射 上 』M <九予以聚光; 複合光學元件,其係具有:繞射元件,发 ,… 光源射出之射出光透仍,计祐ή ’…、 上述 • 射出先透過,亚使自上述光碟射回之光綽料 ,及光程變動補正機構,苴係 ^ 經上述繞射元件所 :士射的位置,補正因自上述光源射出之射 ^之波長變動造成上述繞射元件產生之射回光 % k動’而將射回光導向特定位置;及 補i擔機構其係於數個党光區域接受經上述光程變動 補正機構補正光程變動後之射回光。 SO·如申請專利範圍第29項之光碟襄置,其中上述複合光學 二it上述繞射元件與上述光程變動補正機構係藉由 树如材料一體成型。 31·如申請專利蘇圖楚 在入,乾圍弟29項之光碟裝置,其中上述繞射元件 係全息元件。 干 A ^申請專利範圍第29項之光碟裝置,其中上述光程變動 ,、/、他、丸射兀件,並使經上述繞射元件繞射之 射回光進一步繞射。 之 200306548 33.如申請專利範圍第32項之光碟裝置,其中上述其他繞射 元件係全息元件。 34_如申請專利範圍第29項之光碟裝置,其中上述複合光學 兀件進一步具有光分割機構,其係配置於經上述光程變 動補正機構補正光程變動後之射回光入射的位置,並將 上述射回光分割成數個而導向上述受光機構之各受 區域。 35. 如申請專利範圍第34項之光碟裝置,其中上述複合光學 二件之上述繞射元件、上述光程變動補正機構、及上述 光分割機構係藉由樹脂材料一體成型。 36. 如申請專利範圍第34項光 尤渠衣置,其中上述光分割機 構係猎由數個平面或曲面所構成之稜鏡。 37·如申請專利範圍第36項之光碟裝置,其中上述複合光學 兀件之上:4稜鏡形成概略四角錐狀,將經上述光程變動 補正機構補正光程變動後之射回光分割成4部分,並且 上述受光機構接受經上述稜鏡分割成4部分之各射回 光的受光區域被分割成4部分。 38·如申請專利範圍第36項 ㈢之先碟裊置,其中上述稜鏡形成 經上述光程變動補正德播 械構補正光程變動後之射回光對 各面之入射角在45。以下。 39·如申請專利範圍第29項 心尤碟1置,其中上述複合光學 兀件進一步具有反射機構, 再其係於自上述光源射出之射 出光之光程上,使上述射屮 、耵出先反射於上述繞射元件,及 /或於經上述繞射元件繞鼾 ①射後之射回光之光程上,使該 200306548 射回光反射於上述特定位置。 40.如申請專利範圍第39 貝之九碟衣置,其中上述複合光學 元件之上述繞射开I k攸口尤予 、上述光程變動補正機構、及上述 反射機構係藉由樹脂材料一體成型。 31 41. 如申請專利範㈣29項之光《置,其中上述複合光學 元件::步具有另外繞射元件,其係配置於上述光源及 上述繞射元件之間的水 , 間的先私上,並將自上述光源射出之射 出光分割成〇次光及±1次光三個部分, 上述受光機構接ΦL 、 、、二上述光为割機構分割之各射回 光中’經上述另外繞私 、兀射兀件所勿割之〇次光,而獲得聚 焦錯誤信號,並接ΦI 接又經上述另外繞射元件所分割之±1 次光而獲得追蹤錯誤信號。 42·如申請專利範圍第4 一 木1貝之先碟裝置,其中上述複合光學 兀*件之上述繞射开、μ、+、p 件上逃先程變動補正機構、及上述 另外繞射元件係藉由樹脂材料一體成型。 43.如申凊專利範圍第41項之弁 貝之九碟裂置,其中上述另外繞射 元件係全息元件。 之光碟裝置,其中上述光程變動 光源射出而於光束之光程中產 44·如申請專利範圍第29項 補正機構係補正自上述 生之像散。 45. 如申請專利範圍第29項之光碟裝置,其中進—步具備遮 光機構’其係、於上述光源與上述繞射Tt件之間,自上述 光源射出之射出光之光程中遮住有效光束以外的光束。 46. 如申請專利範圍第29項之光碟裝置,其,進一步具備遮 200306548 光機構,其係於藉由上述光程變動補正機構導向特定位 置之射回光之光程令遮住有效光束以外的光束。 47· -種光碟裝置’其具備;光學枱取裝置,其係對光碟記 錄及/或再生資訊;及光碟旋轉驅動機構,其係旋轉驅 動上述光碟;其特徵為·· 上述光學拾取裝置係具備··光源,其係射出特定波長 之光; 、,分束盗’其係分離自上述光源射出之射出光與經上述 光碟反射之射回光之光程,並且於上述射回光之光程中 補正像散量; 、、對物透鏡’其係將自上述光源射出之射出光聚光在上 以光集上亚且將自上述光碟射回之光予以聚光; 光分割機構’其係配置於被上述分束器分離之射回光 入:的位置,將上述射回光分割成數個;及 -機構其係於數個受光區域接受經上述光分割機 構所分剎之數個射回光; 48 分割機構係由數個平面或曲面所構成之稜鏡。 .二“利範圍第47項之光碟褒置,其中上述稜鏡形成 ::四角錐狀’將經上述光程變動補正機構補正光程變 動後之射回光分割成4部分。 49·如申請專利範圍第48項之光 ^ ν 、 疋呆衣置,其中上述稜鏡形成 、屋呈/刀離元件分離之射回光對各面之入射角在45。以 下。 5〇.如申請專利範圍第47項之光碟褒置,其中進一步具備反 200306548 射機構’其係於自上述光源射出 該射出光反射於上述光程分離元件,先之光程上,使 程分離元件分離後之射回光之 及/或於經上述光 射於上述特定位置。 上使上述射回光反 .如申請專利範圍第48項之光碟|置, 外繞射元件,其係配置於上 ;:進-步具備另 之間的光程上,並將自上述^及出上述光程分離元件 次光及土1次光三個部分。 之射出光分割成0 兑利範圍第47項之光碟裝置,其中上述分束器形 成包3弟一面及第二面之概 千板狀,亚以上述第一面 反射自上述光源射出之射屮 ,,^ 耵出先,亚且使射回光同時透過 上述笫一面及第二面。 53.如申料利範圍第47項之光碟裝置,其中上述分束器形 成包含第一面及第二面之概略平板狀,並以上述第一面 反射自上述光源射出之射出光,並且使射回光自上述第 一面入射,以上述第二面反射,再透過上述第一面。 5 4 ·如申請專利範圍第4 7項之光碟裝置,其中上述分束器至 少包含第一面、第二面及第三面,並將此等面配置成概 略等腰二角形狀而形成,以上述第一面反射自上述光源 射出之射出光,並且使射回光自上述第一面入射,以上 述第二面反射,而透過上述第三面。 55.如申請專利範圍第47項之光碟裝置,其中進一步具備遮 光機構,其係於上述光源與上述分束器之間,自上述光 源射出之射出光之光程中遮住有效光束以外的光束。 -10- 200306548 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 如申請專利範圍第47項之光碟裝置,其中進一步具備遮 光機構,其係於藉由上述分束器分離之射回光之光程中 遮住有效光束以外的光束。 種光學裝置,其具備:繞射元件,其係使自光源射出 之知·定波長之射出光透過,並使自光碟射回之光繞射 •,及 A 光程變動補正機構,其係配置於經上述繞射元件所繞 射之射回光入射的位置,補正因自上述光源射出之射出 光之波長變動造成上述繞射元件產生之射回光之光程 受動’而將射回光導向特定位置。 如申請專利範圍第57項之光學裝置’其中上述繞射元件 係全息元件。 如申請專利範圍第57項之光學裝置,其中上述光程變動 補正機構係其他繞射元件,並使經上述繞射元件繞射之 射回光進一步繞射。 如申請專利範圍第59項之光學裝置,其中上述其他繞射 元件係全息元件。 如甲晴專利範圍第57項 、 — ,、,心—少丹啕i /刀割機構’其係配置於經上述光程變動補正機構補正; 程變動後之射回光入射的位置,並將上述射回光分害 數個而導向具有數個受光區域的受光機構。 如申請專利範圍第61項之光學梦 ^ Μ Μ 貞(尤予衣置’其中上述光分割賴 構係猎由數個平面或曲面所構成之稜鏡。 如申請專利範圍第62項之光學裝置’其中上述稜鏡形成 200306548 概略四角錐狀,將經上述光程 動尨々α , 動補正機構補正光程變 動後之射回光分割成4部分。 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 如申請專利範圍第62項之#風壯印 r… 先學裝置,其中上述稜鏡形成 經上述光程變動補正機構補正 成 各面之入射角在45。以下。動後之射回光對 :;:Γ:_57項之光學裝置,其中"具傷反 係於自上述光源射出之射出光之光程上,使 忒射出光反射於上述繞射元 杜Η Μ α 千及/或於經上述繞射元 件繞射後之射回光之光程上 特定位置。 使上边射回光反射於上述 如申請專利範圍第57項之光學壯 mi 予叙置,其中進一步具有另 外k射το件,其係配置於上 、, k九源及上述繞射元件之間 的光权上,亚將自上述光 .+1 . 尤原射出之射出光分割成0次光 及± 1次光三個部分。 如申請專利範圍第66項之光學壯 -..^, 衣置,其中上述另外繞射 兀件係全息元件。 如申請專利範圍第57項之光 q T u 尤予衣置,其中上述光程變動 補正機構係補正自上述 目上边先源射出之光束之光程中產生 I 1冢散。 如申請專利範圍第S7項光 .Λ m ^ 貝炙九予衣置,其中進一步具備遮 、 亢愿,、上述繞射元件之間,自上述 光源射出之射出# >忠# + 先耘中逑住有效光束以外的光束。 如"專利範圍第57項之光學裝置,其中進—步具備遮 光機構其h於藉由上述光程變動補正機構導㈣0 -12- 200306548 置之射回光之光程中遮住有效光束以外的光束。 71· —種光學裝置’其特徵為具借·· 分束為,其係分離自光源射出之特定波長之射出光與 經光碟反射之射回光之光程,並且於上述射回光之光程 中補正像散量;及 光分割機構,其係配置於被上述分束器分離之射回光 入射的位置,將上述射回光分割成數個導向具有數個受 光區域之受光機構; 上A无为副機構係由數個平面或200306548 Scope of patent application: L An optical pickup device comprising: a light source, which emits light of a specific wavelength, and an objective lens, which is to be emitted from the above-mentioned light source disc and to be returned from the above-mentioned optical disc. The emitted light is condensed in the optical element. It has a diffractive element. The emitted light emitted from the light source is transmitted and transmitted from the light monument described above, and the optical path change correction mechanism is as follows: The position of the incident returning light of the diffracted diffraction is corrected due to the change of the distance from the element = Γ The light of the returning light generated by the diffractive element: moves the returned light to a specific position; and the light and light mechanism, which is based on A number of corrections 2 were made before the field coupler returned to the light after the optical path changes described above. For example, the scope of the application for patents is especially picked up, where the above-mentioned diffractive element and the above-mentioned optical path variation correction mechanism of the above-mentioned composite structure are integrally formed of a resin material. For example, the optical pickup device of the patent application P item, wherein the above-mentioned diffraction element is a holographic element. = The optical pickup device claimed in item 1 of the patent scope, in which the above-mentioned optical path motion correction mechanism is another diffractive element, and further diffracts the return light diffracted by the above-mentioned diffractive element. For example, the optical pickup device of claim 4 in the patent scope, wherein the other diffractive elements are holographic elements. For example, the optical pickup device of the first patent application scope, in which the above-mentioned composite 2003.058548 optical element is further attacked, and / or there is a light division mechanism, which is arranged after the above-mentioned optical path change correction machine ^ is used to correct the optical path change. The position where the incident light is incident on the light 'and the above-mentioned shot-receiving eight-r-blades are guided into a plurality of directions to each light-receiving area of the light-receiving mechanism. Such as applying for a patent. — The optical pickup device of item 6 in which the above-mentioned diffractive element, the above-mentioned optical path variation correction mechanism, and the above-mentioned optical division mechanism of the composite 8 · 9 = piece are integrally formed by a resin material. : The optical pickup device under the scope of patent application No. 6 in which the above-mentioned optical sub-mechanism is a unit composed of several planes or curved surfaces. The optical pick-up device of item No. 8 of the patent patent, wherein the above-mentioned beam of the above-mentioned composite light is formed into a substantially quadrangular pyramid shape, and the original is corrected after being corrected by the above-mentioned optical path variation correction mechanism. The light is divided into 4 parts, and the light receiving area that the light receiving mechanism receives each of the reflected light passing through the above-mentioned 稜鏡 1 ° of the composite optical element into 4 parts is divided into 4 parts. The optical pickup device according to item 8, wherein the incident angle of the reflected light to each surface after the ray formation is corrected by the optical path variation correction mechanism is 45. the following. u · For example, please ask for the optical pickup arrangement of item i of the patent scope, wherein the above-mentioned composite optical element further has a reflection mechanism 'which is on the optical path of the light emitted from the light source, so that the emitted light is reflected on the diffraction element And / or on the optical path of the returned light after being diffracted by the above-mentioned diffractive element, so that the 4 returned light is reflected at the above-mentioned specific position. 200306548 12. The optical pickup device according to item 11 of the scope of patent application, wherein the diffractive element, the optical path variation correction mechanism, and the reflection mechanism of the composite optical element are integrally formed of a resin material. 13. The optical pickup device according to item 1 of the patent application range, wherein the composite optical element further has another diffractive element, which is arranged on the optical path between the light source and the diffractive element, and will be from the light source. The emitted light is divided into three parts: 0th-order light and 1st-order light. The light-receiving mechanism receives the 0th-order light divided by the above-mentioned additional diffraction element among the returning light divided by the light-dividing mechanism. A focus error signal is obtained, and a tracking error signal is obtained by receiving the light i times divided by the above-mentioned additional diffractive element. 14.2 The optical pickup device according to item 13 of the patent scope, wherein the above-mentioned diffraction element of the above-mentioned composite element, the above-mentioned optical path variation correction mechanism, and another diffraction element are formed by a resin material body. 15 · == The optical pickup device according to the thirteenth item, wherein the above-mentioned additional 7L element is a holographic element. 16 · If the scope of the patent application for the correction mechanism: device, in which the astigmatism generated by the above-mentioned optical path is from the optical path of the light beam emitted by the above-mentioned light source And the above-mentioned diffractive element, a self-beam. In the prior right of emission, the optical beam pick-up device 200306548, which covers the effective beam beyond the effective light beam, is provided with a light-shielding mechanism, which is directed to a certain position by the optical path change correction mechanism. In the optical path of light, light beams other than the effective light beam are blocked. 19. An optical pickup device, comprising: a light source that emits light of a specific wavelength; a beam splitter that separates the optical paths of the emitted light from the light source and the reflected light reflected by the optical disc; and The astigmatism is corrected in the optical path of the above-mentioned returning light; for the objective lens, the light emitted from the light source is condensed on the optical disc, and the light returned from the optical disc is condensed; , Which is arranged at a position where the return light separated by the beam splitter is incident, and divides the return light into several; and a light receiving mechanism, which receives the plurality of light divided regions divided by the light dividing mechanism Echoing back light; The above-mentioned light division mechanism is made up of several planes or curved surfaces. 20. The optical pickup device according to item 19 of the patent application scope, wherein the prism is formed into a substantially quadrangular pyramid shape, and the returned light after the optical path variation correction mechanism corrects the optical path variation is divided into four parts. 21. The optical pickup device according to item 20 of the patent application, wherein the angle of incidence of the reflected light separated by the optical path separation element on each surface is 45. the following. 22. The optical pickup device according to item 19 of the application for a patent, further comprising a reflection mechanism, which is based on the optical path of the emitted light from the light source, and reflects the emitted light on the optical path separation element, and / Or, on the optical path of the returning light separated by the optical path separating element, the returning 200306548 light is reflected at the specific position. 23. For example, the optical pickup device of the scope of application for patent No. 20, in which +-is provided with another diffractive element, which is arranged on the optical path between the light source and the upper and lower element, and emits the light emitted from the light source. The light is divided into three parts: 0th order light and 1st order light. 24. As for the optical pickup device of the 19th scope of the patent application, the above-mentioned eight beams of ## 4 are formed into a generally flat plate shape including a first surface and a second surface, and the first surface reflects the light emitted from the light source, The returned light beam is transmitted through the first surface and the second surface at the same time. A: The optical pickup device of claim 19, wherein the beam splitter is formed into a substantially flat plate shape including a first surface and a second surface, and the light emitted from the light source is reflected by the first surface, and The reflected light is incident from the first surface, reflected by the second surface, and then transmitted through the first surface. 26. The optical pickup device according to item 19 of the patent, wherein the beam splitter includes at least a first surface, a second surface, and a third surface, and these surfaces are arranged in a roughly isosceles triangle shape. The first surface reflects the emitted light ′ from the light source, and makes the returned light incident from the first surface, reflects on the second surface, and transmits the third surface. 27. The optical pickup device according to item 19 of the patent application scope, further including a light-shielding mechanism, which is interposed between the light source and the beam splitter and emits light from the light source > & > ^, 耵In the prior right of light output, light beams other than the effective light beam are blocked. 2δ. The optical pickup device according to item 19 of the scope of patent application, which further includes a light-shielding mechanism 'which blocks the light beams other than the effective light beam during the process of the reflected light separated by the beam splitter 200306548. 29. An optical disc device comprising: an optical pick-up device for: and / or a regenerator aK 'and a disc drive drive mechanism' which rotates the above-mentioned optical disc; and is characterized by: It has: a light source, which emits a specific wavelength to the objective lens, 'which emits the light emitted from the above light source onto the optical disc, and emits the light from the above optical disc.' M < Nine to focus; a composite optical element, which has : Diffraction element, hair, ... The light emitted by the light source is still transparent, and the price is calculated ...., The above • The transmission is transmitted first, the light material returned from the above-mentioned optical disc, and the optical path change correction mechanism. According to the above diffractive element: the position of the ray, correct the return light to the specific position by correcting the return light% k of the diffractive element caused by the wavelength variation of the light emitted from the light source; The burden mechanism is to receive the reflected light after the optical path change is corrected by the above-mentioned optical path change correction mechanism in several party light areas. SO · For example, the optical disc arrangement of item 29 in the scope of the patent application, wherein the above-mentioned composite optics, the above-mentioned diffractive element, and the above-mentioned optical path variation correction mechanism are integrally formed by a tree such as a material. 31. If Su Tuchu is applying for a patent, the 29-item optical disc device will be used, where the above-mentioned diffraction element is a holographic element. The optical disc device according to item 29 of the patent application scope, wherein the above-mentioned optical path is changed, and / or other shots are made, and the return light diffracted by the above-mentioned diffractive element is further diffracted. 200306548 33. The optical disc device according to item 32 of the application, wherein the other diffractive elements are holographic elements. 34_ The optical disc device according to item 29 of the patent application range, wherein the composite optical element further has a light division mechanism, which is arranged at a position where the incident light returns after the optical path variation correction mechanism corrects the optical path variation, and The reflected light is divided into a plurality of pieces and guided to each receiving area of the light receiving mechanism. 35. For the optical disc device according to item 34 of the scope of patent application, wherein the above-mentioned diffractive element, the above-mentioned optical path variation correction mechanism, and the above-mentioned optical division mechanism of the two pieces of composite optics are integrally formed by a resin material. 36. For example, in the case of the patent application No. 34, the above-mentioned light division mechanism is a structure composed of several planes or curved surfaces. 37. The optical disc device according to item 36 of the patent application scope, wherein the above composite optical element: 4 稜鏡 forms a roughly quadrangular pyramid shape, and divides the returned light after the optical path variation correction mechanism corrects the optical path variation into There are four parts, and the light-receiving area that the light-receiving mechanism receives each of the reflected light divided into four parts by the 稜鏡 is divided into four parts. 38. For example, in the 36th edition of the patent application scope, the above-mentioned formation of the incident light after the optical path change correction and correction of the optical structure to correct the optical path change of the incident angle on each side is 45. the following. 39. For example, the first 29 items of the patent application scope, wherein the above-mentioned composite optical element further has a reflection mechanism, and then it is based on the optical path of the light emitted from the above-mentioned light source, so that the above-mentioned shots and shots are reflected first. On the above-mentioned diffractive element, and / or on the optical path of the returned light after being irradiated by the above-mentioned diffractive element, the 200306548 reflected light is reflected at the specific position. 40. For example, the 39th nine-disc dress of the patent application scope, in which the above-mentioned diffraction opening of the composite optical element is especially suitable, the above-mentioned optical path variation correction mechanism, and the above-mentioned reflection mechanism are integrally formed by a resin material. . 31 41. For example, the 29th item of the patent application, where the above-mentioned composite optical element: step has another diffractive element, which is arranged in the water between the light source and the above-mentioned diffractive element. The light emitted from the light source is divided into three parts: 0th order light and ± 1st order light. The light receiving mechanism is connected to ΦL,,, and 2 and each of the reflected light divided by the cutting mechanism is used as the above. 2. Obtain the focus error signal by not firing the 0th order light of the element, and connect ΦI to the ± 1st order light divided by the above-mentioned additional diffraction element to obtain the tracking error signal. 42. If the patent application scope of the first one is 1 device, the above-mentioned diffractive opening, μ, +, and p-upper flight advance correction mechanism of the above-mentioned composite optical element and the above-mentioned additional diffractive element system Integrated molding with resin material. 43. For example, the nineteen-disc split of the patent scope of claim 41, wherein the additional diffraction element is a holographic element. The optical disc device, in which the above-mentioned optical path variation light source emits and produces in the optical path of the light beam 44. If the patent application scope item 29, the correction mechanism is to correct the astigmatism generated from the above. 45. For example, the optical disc device of the scope of application for patent No. 29, which further includes a light-shielding mechanism, which is between the above-mentioned light source and the above-mentioned diffractive Tt member, and is effectively shielded in the optical path of the emitted light from the above-mentioned light source. Beams other than beams. 46. For example, the optical disc device of the scope of application for the patent No. 29, further includes a 200306548 light mechanism, which is used to block the effective beam beyond the effective light beam by the optical path of the returned light directed to a specific position by the above-mentioned optical path variation correction mechanism. beam. 47 ·-An optical disc device 'comprising: an optical table pickup device for recording and / or reproducing information on the optical disc; and an optical disc rotation drive mechanism for rotationally driving the optical disc; characterized in that the optical pickup device is provided with: ·· Light source, which emits light of a specific wavelength; ,, beamsplitter ', which separates the optical path of the emitted light from the light source and the reflected light reflected by the optical disc, and the optical path of the returned light The astigmatism amount is corrected in the middle; the objective lens 'concentrates the light emitted from the light source above and collects the light on it and condenses the light returned from the optical disc; the optical division mechanism' its system It is arranged at the position where the returning light separated by the beam splitter enters, and divides the returning light into several; and the mechanism is in a plurality of light-receiving regions to receive a plurality of returning beams that are divided by the light splitting mechanism. Light; 48 segmentation mechanism is a combination of several planes or curved surfaces. The second "disc installation of item 47 of the profit range, in which the above-mentioned formation :: a quadrangular pyramid shape" divides the returned light after the optical path change correction mechanism corrects the optical path change into four parts. 49. If you apply The light of the 48th item of the patent scope ^ ν, 疋 疋, in which the incident angle of the reflected light of the above-mentioned 稜鏡 formation, house presentation / knife separation element to each surface is 45 ° or less. 50. Such as the scope of patent application The optical disc arrangement of item 47 further includes an anti-200306548 radiation mechanism, which is based on the light emitted from the light source and reflected by the above-mentioned optical path separation element, and the first path is separated by the path separation element and the light is returned. And / or the above-mentioned light is reflected on the above-mentioned specific position. The above-mentioned reflected light is reflected back. For example, the optical disc of the 48th scope of the patent application, the external diffractive element is arranged on the top; On the other optical path, three parts of the secondary light and the primary light from the above-mentioned optical path separation element are divided into three parts. The emitted light is divided into the optical disk device of item 47 in the 0 range, where the above The bundler is formed on one side and the second side Thousand-plate shape, Asia reflects the emission from the above-mentioned light source with the first surface, and ^ 先 First, Asia makes the reflected light pass through the above-mentioned first and second surfaces at the same time. The optical disk device, wherein the beam splitter is formed into a substantially flat plate shape including a first surface and a second surface, and the first surface reflects the light emitted from the light source, and makes the returned light incident from the first surface. Reflected by the second surface and then transmitted through the first surface. 5 4 · The optical disk device according to item 47 of the patent application scope, wherein the beam splitter includes at least the first surface, the second surface, and the third surface, and These planes are arranged in a roughly isosceles dihedral shape. The first plane reflects the light emitted from the light source, and the returned light is incident from the first plane, reflected by the second plane, and transmitted through the plane. The third side. 55. The optical disc device according to item 47 of the scope of patent application, which further includes a light shielding mechanism, which is interposed between the light source and the beam splitter, and is effectively shielded in the optical path of the light emitted from the light source. Beyond the beam -10- 200306548 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. For example, the optical disc device of the 47th scope of the patent application, which further includes a light shielding mechanism, which is separated by the above beam splitter. The optical path of the returned light shields light beams other than the effective light beam. An optical device including: a diffractive element that transmits the light emitted from the light source at a predetermined wavelength and transmits the light returned from the optical disc. Diffraction •, and A optical path variation correction mechanism, which is arranged at the position where the return light diffracted by the above-mentioned diffractive element enters, and corrects the above-mentioned diffractive element caused by the change in the wavelength of the light emitted from the above-mentioned light source. The path of the returned light is actuated 'to direct the returned light to a specific position. For example, the optical device of item 57 of the patent application, wherein the above-mentioned diffractive element is a holographic element. For example, the optical device according to item 57 of the patent application, wherein the above-mentioned optical path variation correction mechanism is another diffraction element, and further diffracts the return light diffracted by the above-mentioned diffraction element. For example, the optical device according to item 59 of the application, wherein the other diffractive elements are holographic elements. Such as Jiaqing Patent Scope Item No. 57, — ,,, Heart — Shao Dan 啕 i / knife cutting mechanism ', which is configured to be corrected by the above-mentioned optical path change correction mechanism; The above-mentioned reflected light is divided into several and guided to a light receiving mechanism having a plurality of light receiving regions. For example, the optical dream ^ Μ Μ of the scope of the patent application (Eu Yuyi's, where the above-mentioned light division structure is hunted by several planes or curved surfaces. Such as the optical device of the scope of patent application 62 'Among them, the above-mentioned 200 is formed into a roughly quadrangular pyramid shape of 200306548, and the returned light after the optical path motion 尨 々 α and the motion correction mechanism corrects the change of the optical path is divided into 4 parts. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69 70. For example, # wind strong seal r in the scope of the application for patent # 62. Learn the device first, where the incident angle of each surface formed by the above-mentioned optical path change correction mechanism is adjusted to 45 ° or less. Optical pair :: Γ: _57 optical device, wherein "quote" is related to the optical path of the light emitted from the light source, so that the light emitted by the light is reflected by the above-mentioned diffractive element Du Η α α and / Or at a specific position on the optical path of the returning light after being diffracted by the above-mentioned diffractive element. The upper returning light is reflected by the above-mentioned optical lens mi as described in the 57th scope of the patent application, which further has another k-ray. το pieces, which are arranged above, k On the right of light between the source and the above-mentioned diffractive element, Ya divides the light emitted from the above light +1. You Yuan divides the light into 0 parts of light and ± 1 order of light. Optical Zhuang-.. ^, clothing, where the above-mentioned additional diffractive element is a holographic element. For example, the light q T u of the patent application No. 57 is especially suitable for clothing, where the above-mentioned optical path change correction mechanism is a correction from the above. In the optical path of the beam emitted from the source above, I 1 gravel is scattered. For example, the scope of patent application No. S7. Λ m ^ Bei Zhi Jiu Yu Yi, which further includes shielding, high wish, and between the above diffractive elements. The light emitted from the above light source # #> 忠 # + hold the light beams other than the effective light beam first. For example, the optical device of the "Patent No. 57", wherein the light-shielding mechanism is further provided by the above-mentioned light. Guidance of the process change correction mechanism 0 -12- 200306548 The light path of the returned light is shielded from the light beam other than the effective beam. 71 · —An optical device 'is characterized by borrowing ·· Beam splitting, which is separated from the light source The emitted light of a specific wavelength and The optical path of the reflected light reflected by the optical disc, and the astigmatism amount is corrected in the optical path of the returned light; and a light division mechanism, which is arranged at a position where the returned light separated by the beam splitter is incident, and The returned light is divided into a plurality of light-receiving mechanisms which are guided to have a plurality of light-receiving areas. 72. 73. | m "八〜T又观 如申請專利範圍第71項之弁與壯罢.,τ 貝 < 尤予1置,其中上述稜鏡形; 概略四角錐狀,將經上述氺 壬雙動補正機構補正光程參 動後之射回光分割成4部分。 如申請專利範圍第71項之光學 一, 予衣置,其中上述稜鏡形Θ 、!光程分離元件分離後之射 ’ T W九對各面之入射角在45 74·如申請專利範圍第71項之光學裝置,其 射機構,其係於自上述光源射出之射出光之光;:有: 該射出歧射於上述光程分離 & ’使 程分離元件分離後之射回光之光程上,^=於經上述光 射於上述特定位置。 上述射回光反 75·如申請專利範圍第62項之光學裝 外繞射το件,其係配置於上述光源:Y具備另 之間的光程上,並將自上述光 4光程分離元件 次光及±1次光三個部分。’、、之射出光分割成〇 -13- 200306548 76.如申5月專利耗圍第7 i項之光學裝置,其中上述分束器形 成包含第一面及第二面之概略平板狀,並以上述第一面 反射自上述光源射出之射出光,並且使射回光同時透過 上述第一面及第二面。 77·如申晴專利範圍第7 1項之光學裝置,其中上述分束器形 … 成包含第一面及第二面之概略平板狀,並以上述第一面·. 反射自上述光源射出之射出光,並且使射回光自上述第 面入射,以上述第二面反射,再透過上述第一面。 籲 78.如申凊專利範圍第7丨項之光學裝置,其中上述分束器至 )包含第一面、第二面及第三面,並將此等面配置成概 略等腰三角形狀而形成,以上述第一面反射自上述光源 射出之射出光,並且使射回光自上述第一面入射,以上 _ 述第二面反射,而透過上述第三面。 p申明專利範圍第71項之光學裝置,其中進一步具備遮 光機構,其係於上述光源與上述分束器之間,自上述光 原射出之射出光之光程中遮住有效光束以外的光束。 籲 80·如申請專利範圍第71項之光學裝置,其中進一步具備遮· 光機構,其係於藉由上述分束器分離之射回光之光程中 / 遮住有效光束以外的光束。 - 81·—種複合光學元件,其具備··繞射元件,其係使自光源 射出之特定波長之光透過,並使自光碟射回之光繞射 ;及 ' 光程變動補正機構,其係配置於經上述繞射元件所銬 射之射回光入射的位置,補正因自上述光源射出之射出 -14- 200306548 2之波長變動造成上述繞射元件產生之射回光之光程 、變動’而將射回光導向特定位置。 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 如申請專利範圍第81項之複合光學元件,其中上述繞射 =*件與上述光程變動補正機構係藉由樹脂材料一體成 如申請專利範圍第81項之複合光學元件,其中上述繞射 元件係全息元件。 :申請專利範圍第8 i項之複合光學元件,其中上述光程 變動補正機構係其他繞射元件,並使經上述繞射元件繞 射之射回光進一步繞射。 =申請專利範圍第84項之複合光學元件,其中上述其他 繞射元件係全息元件。 如申請專利範圍第72項之複合光學元件,其中進一步具 有光分割機構,其係配置於經上述光程變動補正機構補 正光程變動後之射回光入射的位置,並將上述射回光分 副成數個而導向具有數個受光區域之受光機構。 如申請專利範圍第86項之複合光學元件,其中上述繞射 元件、上述光程變動補正機構、及上述光分割機構係藉 由樹脂材料一體成型。 如申請專利範圍第86項之複合光學元件,其中上述光分 割機構係藉由數個平面或曲面所構成之稜鏡。 如申請專利範圍第88項之複合光學元件,其中上述稜鏡 形成概略四角錐狀,將經上述光程變動補正機構補正光 程變動後之射回光分割成4部分。 -15- 200306548 90.如申請專利範圍第88項之複合光學元 ^ L 4,T 其中上述稜鏡 =上述光程變動補正機構補正光程變動後之射回 光對各面之入射角在45。以下。 91•如申請專利範圍第81項之複合光學元件,其中進一 +且 有反射機構,其係於自上述光源射出之射出光之光= 射使=出光反射於上述繞射元件,及/或於經上賴 身射後之射回光之光程上,使上述射回光反射於 上述4寸疋位置。 ; 处=請專利範圍第91項之複合光學元件,其中上述繞射 樹脂材料一體成型。 及上逑反射機構係藉由 %如中請專利範圍第81項之複合光學元件,其 有另外繞射元件,其係配置於上 乂八 之Η沾止立 I九源及上述繞射元件 ==,並將自上述光源射出之射出光分割成。 -人九及± 1次光三個部分。 94.如申請專利範圍第%項之複合光學元件 元件、上述光程變動補正機構、 :广-射 藉由樹脂材料—體成型。 1迷另外繞射元件係 95·如申請專利範圍第93項之複合光學 繞射元件係全息元件。 /、中上述另外 96.:申請專利範圍第81項之複合光學元件,其中上 變動補正機構係補正自 玉 產生之像散。 H原射出之光束之光程中 -16-72. 73. | m " Eighth ~ T is another example of the scope and strength of the 71st scope of the patent application., Τ & You especially set one of the above-mentioned 稜鏡 shape; roughly quadrangular pyramidal shape, will pass the above The double-action correction mechanism of Xunren corrects the reflected light after the movement of the optical path is divided into 4 parts. For example, for the first optical scope of the 71st patent application scope, I will give clothing, where the above-mentioned 稜鏡, Θ,! After the optical path separation element is separated, the incident angle of TW Nine to each side is 45 74. If the optical device of the 71st patent application scope, its radiation mechanism is based on the light emitted from the light source; There are: The emission divergence is on the optical path of the returning light after the optical path separation & 'separating the path separating elements, ^ = at the specific position through the light. The above-mentioned retro-reflective light reflection 75. For example, the optically-packed external diffractive το member of item 62 of the scope of the patent application, which is arranged on the above-mentioned light source: Y has an optical path between the other, and will separate the optical path from the optical 4 Secondary light and ± 1 primary light. '、、 之' s outgoing light is divided into 0-13- 200306548 76. The optical device of item 7i of the May patent application, wherein the beam splitter is formed into a substantially flat plate shape including a first surface and a second surface, and The first surface reflects the emitted light emitted from the light source, and the reflected light is transmitted through the first surface and the second surface at the same time. 77. An optical device such as the item 71 in the scope of Shen Qing's patent, wherein the beam splitter is formed into a substantially flat plate shape including a first surface and a second surface, and reflected from the light source with the first surface. The light is emitted, and the returned light is incident from the first surface, reflected by the second surface, and transmitted through the first surface. 78. The optical device according to item 7 of the patent application scope, wherein the beam splitter mentioned above includes a first surface, a second surface, and a third surface, and these surfaces are formed into a general isosceles triangle shape. The reflected light emitted from the light source is reflected by the first surface, and the returned light is incident from the first surface. The second surface is reflected and transmitted through the third surface. The optical device described in p. 71 of the patent scope further includes a light shielding mechanism, which is located between the light source and the beam splitter, and blocks light beams other than the effective light beam in the optical path of the emitted light from the light source. 80. For example, the optical device of the 71st scope of the patent application, which further includes a light blocking mechanism, which is in the optical path of the returned light separated by the above beam splitter / blocks light beams other than the effective light beam. -81 · —a composite optical element having a diffractive element that transmits light of a specific wavelength emitted from a light source and diffracts light returned from an optical disc; and an optical path variation correction mechanism, which It is arranged at the position where the return light emitted by the above-mentioned diffractive element is incident. It corrects the optical path and change of the return light generated by the above-mentioned diffractive element due to the wavelength variation of the emission from the above-mentioned light source. 'And direct the returned light to a specific location. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. For example, the composite optical element of the scope of application of the patent No. 81, wherein the above-mentioned diffraction = * pieces and the above-mentioned optical path variation correction mechanism are integrated with a resin material such as The composite optical element according to the scope of the patent application No. 81, wherein the diffractive element is a holographic element. : The composite optical element of the scope of application for item 8i, wherein the above-mentioned optical path variation correction mechanism is another diffractive element, and further diffracts the return light diffracted by the above-mentioned diffractive element. = The composite optical element under the scope of patent application No. 84, wherein the other diffractive elements mentioned above are holographic elements. For example, the composite optical element with the scope of patent application No. 72, which further has a light division mechanism, which is arranged at the position where the reflected light is incident after the optical path change correction mechanism corrects the optical path change, and divides the above-mentioned reflected back light into A plurality of sub-units are guided to a light-receiving mechanism having a plurality of light-receiving regions. For example, a composite optical element having the scope of application for patent No. 86, wherein the diffractive element, the optical path variation correction mechanism, and the optical division mechanism are integrally formed from a resin material. For example, the composite optical element with the scope of application for patent No. 86, in which the above-mentioned light splitting mechanism is composed of a plurality of planes or curved surfaces. For example, for the composite optical element in the 88th area of the patent application, the above-mentioned 稜鏡 is formed into a substantially quadrangular pyramid shape, and the returned light after the optical path variation correction mechanism corrects the optical path variation is divided into four parts. -15- 200306548 90. If the compound optical element of the 88th scope of the application for a patent ^ L 4, T where the above 稜鏡 = the above-mentioned optical path change correction mechanism compensates the incident angle of the reflected light after the optical path change is 45 . the following. 91 • If the composite optical element of the scope of application for the patent No. 81, there is a + + and a reflection mechanism, which is based on the light emitted from the above light source = the emission = the reflected light is reflected on the above diffractive element, and / or The light path of the returning light after being shot by Shang Lai makes the above-mentioned returning light reflect at the above-mentioned 4 inch position. ; = = The composite optical element according to item 91 of the patent, wherein the above-mentioned diffractive resin material is integrally formed. The upper and lower reflection mechanism is a composite optical element with %% of the patent scope item 81, which has another diffractive element, which is arranged on the upper eighth of the Zhan Zhili I nine source and the above-mentioned diffraction element = =, And the light emitted from the light source is divided into. -People nine and three parts of ± 1 time light. 94. For example, the composite optical element element of the item% of the scope of patent application, the above-mentioned optical path variation correction mechanism,: wide-radiation is formed by a resin material body. One additional diffractive element is 95. The composite optical diffractive element such as the 93rd in the scope of patent application is a holographic element. / 、 In the above-mentioned other 96 .: The composite optical element with the scope of patent application No. 81, the above-mentioned change correction mechanism corrects the astigmatism generated from jade. In the path of the beam emitted by the H source -16-
TW91133817A 2001-11-22 2002-11-20 Optical pick-up apparatus, optical disc apparatus, optical apparatus and compound optical device TWI227884B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2001358244 2001-11-22
JP2002223989A JP4254151B2 (en) 2001-11-22 2002-07-31 Optical pickup device and optical disk device

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200306548A true TW200306548A (en) 2003-11-16
TWI227884B TWI227884B (en) 2005-02-11

Family

ID=27759242

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW91133817A TWI227884B (en) 2001-11-22 2002-11-20 Optical pick-up apparatus, optical disc apparatus, optical apparatus and compound optical device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP4254151B2 (en)
TW (1) TWI227884B (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8634282B2 (en) 2006-04-06 2014-01-21 Maple Vision Technologies Inc. Apparatus and method for providing a tracking servo control when reproducing optical information

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ITFI20130229A1 (en) * 2013-10-02 2015-04-03 Strumenti Oftalmici C S O S R L Costruzioni APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MEASURING THE OPTICAL SYSTEM OF A LIVING BEING

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8634282B2 (en) 2006-04-06 2014-01-21 Maple Vision Technologies Inc. Apparatus and method for providing a tracking servo control when reproducing optical information

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2003223736A (en) 2003-08-08
JP4254151B2 (en) 2009-04-15
TWI227884B (en) 2005-02-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US5648951A (en) Movable optical head integrally incorporated with objective lens and hologram element
CZ280821B6 (en) Apparatus for information plane optical reading
US4924082A (en) Optical scanning device, mirror objective suitable for use in said device and optical write and/or read apparatus provided with said device
JPS6332730A (en) Scanner for light recording carrier
JPH0460933A (en) Optical pickup head device
JPS58220248A (en) Optical pickup
JPH02216626A (en) Optical scanner
JPH0630164B2 (en) Optical head device
JP2002109778A (en) Optical pickup device
TWI223248B (en) Optical pickup device, optical disk device, optical device and composite optical element
TW200306548A (en) Optical pick-up apparatus, optical disc apparatus, optical apparatus and compound optical device
TWI313858B (en)
JPH0619838B2 (en) Optical playback device
JPS63191328A (en) Optical head device
JPS63201925A (en) Optical information reader
US7164624B2 (en) Optical scanning device
JPH01260644A (en) Optical head device
JP2005234401A (en) Optical waveguide, optical axis adjusting system and manufacturing method of the optical waveguide
JPH07114025B2 (en) Optical information reproducing device
JPS63104230A (en) Reproducing device for optical information by optical pickup
JPS62208440A (en) Light pickup
JPS63225930A (en) Optical information reproducing device
TWI359420B (en)
JPS6319602A (en) Light beam expander
JPS63249101A (en) Optical device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees